CONSUMABLES

GEAREDTOWARDS THE FUTUREINTERACTIVE PDF
CLICK HERE TO VIEW THE MAIN INDEX

Chromatography Consumables and Supplies
GC | LC | Mass Spectrometry | Sample Preparation

ORDERING ONLINE:

IT’S THAT EASY

Sign Up and Get Started Today at www.perkinelmer.com/register
Quick and Efficient Three Steps that’s how easy it is to buy online

Benefits of ordering online:

1. Visit www.perkinelmer.com
2. Click on “Login/Register” at the top of the web page to register.
All you need is your PerkinElmer account number.
3. Search for the product you need and add to your cart
Step 1: Quick registration.

• Real time product availability• Immediate order processing• Order confirmations• Shipment notifications• Quick re-order• Save items to favorites list
• Tracking information and updates• All orders available in “my account” order history

Step 2: Shop by product number, alphabetical
listing, or by technology.

SearchStep 3: Checkout via your shopping cart.

1, 2, 3, A, B, C.....

The power and convenience of real-time purchasing information are now available online.
When will the product ship? Shipment date of each item is visible in the shopping cart.

Shop Online today!
www.perkinelmer.com/category/consumables

PerkinElmer, Inc.
940 Winter Street
Waltham, MA 02451 USA
P: (800) 762-4000 or(+1) 203-925-4602

ORDER ONLINE

2

Chromatography
Today’s advanced and increasingly diverse Advanced Materials laboratories are facing new challenges on a daily basis – starting fromraw materials right up to the finished product. PerkinElmer’s comprehensive portfolio of analytical solutions is designed to give you
the higher accuracy, sensitivity, and ease of use your laboratory demands for examining with confidence, the purity, composition, andperformance of your compounds. What’s more, a range of complementary services is available to keep your laboratory up and running,meeting the stringent requirements of a variety of environments and working practices.

Table of Contents

Ordering Information
Place your order online at: www.perkinelmer.com
Online ordering is currently available in Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, China,
Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxemburg, the Netherlands,
Norway, Puerto Rico, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom
and the United States.

SPE SYRINGES & FILTERS
SPE,

4–16
4–12

Please visit our website for specific Country/Region details relevant to each businessportfolio. Country Specific Fact Sheets.

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA

17–30
13-32

Return Goods Policy
Before returning any item to PerkinElmer, please obtain a Return Authorization
Number from a customer service representative. Call your local PerkinElmer officeand please have the following information ready:LC COLUMNS

31–16033

LC ACCESSORIES & CONSUMABLES

161–184
34-56

GC COLUMNS

185–21157-77

GC CONSUMABLES & ACCESSORIES

212–24278-108

THERMAL DESORPTION

243–247
109-113

Technical Support
For technical assistance, please contact your local PerkinElmer Customer Care
Representative. See local office listings.

ARNEL ANALYZER CONSUMABLES

248–257
114-122

Check with your local PerkinElmer Customer Care center for current pricing.

TORION ACCESSORIES & CONSUMABLES

258–263123-127

PerkinElmer and the PerkinElmer logo are registered trademarks of PerkinElmer, Inc.
All other product and company names mentioned herein may be the trademarks orregistered trademarks of their respective owners.

GAS MANAGEMENT

264–287
128-149

STANDARDS

288–293150-154• Our Order Number or your Purchase Order Number.
• The PerkinElmer part numbers of the items that you wish to return.
• Reason for return.
Our customer service representative will provide you with a Return Authorization
Number and the return address. We cannot accept any returns without a Return
Authorization Number. Policy may vary. Please contact your local PerkinElmer
representative for details.

PerkinElmer is not responsible for typographical or photographic errors that may
appear in this catalog. We reserve the right to make adjustments or corrections
due to changing market conditions, product discontinuations, or typographical or
photographic errors in advertisements or product descriptions. Terms and conditions
and item availability are subject to change without notice.
Terms and Conditions
For details on our terms and conditions, including warranties,
please visit: Terms and Conditions of Sale

ORDER ONLINE

3

SPE

SPE, Syringes & Filters

QuEChERS

PerkinElmer offers a wide selection of superior quality
products designed to work with your PerkinElmer instruments.
Our precision designed products deliver the peace of mind thatcomes from knowing that you’ll get the results you need.

We provide a complete rangeof products for QuEChERS
methodologies, offering all threestandard QuEChERS methods:
Original QuEChERS method,
American AOAC Standard(Official Method 2007.01)
QuEChERS method andEuropean Standard (EN 15662)
QuEChERS method.

Quick Reference Index

Page

Nylon Syringe Filters

12

PTFE (hydrophobic) Syringe Filters

12

PTFE (hydrophilic) Syringe Filters

12

PVDF Syringe Filters

12

SPE Vacuum Pumps and Manifolds

11

Supra-Clean and Supra-Poly SPE
Application Overview

6-7

Supra-Clean Columns and Cartridges

8Supra-Poly HLB Columns

8Supra-d QuEChERS Dispersive SPE

9Supra-d QuEChERS for Multiple Pesticide
Residue Analysis

10

Syringes

11

CLICK THE ARROWSTO VIEW EACH PAGE

SPE Cartridges
We offer a broad array ofanalytes and matrices tofit your applications. Our
SPE solutions are available
in a variety of formats
including Large Reservoir
Capacity (LRC) columns,
Polypropylene (PP)columns and cartridges,
and also glass columns. Each technology is offered with a wide
selection of polymer and silica sorbents, and large and small
sample volumes (50 μL to 1 L) allow you to perform scalable
analyzes depending upon your required detection limits.

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

4

SPE
Supra-Clean and Supra-Poly SPE Solutions

Supra-Clean and Supra-Poly SPE Solutions
Recovery, capacity, selectivity and reproducibility are the principal
sample prep demands of today’s analyst. We have developed an
innovative SPE product range incorporating silica and polymer
based technology. Supra-Clean® (silica) and Supra-Poly® (polymer)
deliver the recovery, reproducibility, and reliability desired forconsistently excellent results.
Both utilize Precise Bed Technology® (PBT) with our spherical
media (Figure 1) allowing columns to be evenly and consistently
filled with particles sized for optimum distribution. This
homogeneous filling yields a +/- 1% variation in bed volume
precision, ensuring you experience repeatability and optimized
recovery reproducibility.
Spherical media and consistent particle distribution enable
smaller elution volumes and better, more reproducible extraction,
purification, concentration and recovery.
Figure 2: Performance Comparison of PerkinElmer Spherical SPE
Media vs. Leading Irregular SPE Silica.

Figure 1: Comparison of Spherical and Irregular Media.

24

250 x 4.6 mm column
Hexane – IsoPropanol (97/3)
Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min
psi: 1 bars
UV: 254 nm
A- Tri-Terbutylbenzene
B- Diethyl Phthalate

18

V1

12

6

PerkinElmer
SPE Column

SPE Supra-Clean
60-50SI

Competitor
SPE Column

V2

IR60-40/63SI

V1 < V2

0
2

4

6

PerkinElmer’s smaller, more homogeneous, spherical media deliver sharper,
narrower peaks for faster, more accurate sample analysis.

Ideal for a broad array of analytes and matrices, our SPE solutions are available in a variety of formats including Large Reservoir
Capacity (LRC) columns, Polypropylene (PP) columns and cartridges, and also glass columns. Each technology is offered with a wide
selection of polymer and silica sorbents, and large and small sample volumes (50 μL to 1 L) allow you to perform scalable analyzes
depending upon your required detection limits.
Each finished product is delivered with an individual quality certificate.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

5

SPE

SPE

Supra-Clean and Supra-Poly Application Overview

Supra-Clean and Supra-Poly Application Overview

Supra-Clean and Supra-Poly Application Overview
Supra-Clean Spherical Silica																	
Phase
Mechanism
Interaction Mode
Compounds
MatrixTypical Applications

pH
Range

EndCapping

Pore
Size (A)

Surface
Area (m2/g)

Particle
Size (μm)

C18-S
Hydrophobic
Reversed Phase
Polar to Non-Polar compounds
Biological fluids, aqueous samples
					
					

2–8

Yes

60

500

50

Drugs and drug metabolites inbiological matrices, trace organic material
in water, toxins in foodComments
18% Carbon Load (CL)High Recovery REC18
Hydrophobic
Reversed Phase
Non-polar and mid-polar compounds
Biological fluids, aqueous samples
Drugs and drug metabolites in biological
2–8
Yes
–
–
50
High capacity and better recovery especially			
including 100% water solvents
toxins in foodmatrices, trace organic material in water 						for high aqueous conditions. 15% CL													Phenyl (PH-S)
Hydrophobic
Reversed Phase			

Non-polar to mid-polar
Biological fluids
aromatic compounds		

Benzodiazepines in biological matrices,
extraction of aromatic compounds

2–8

No

60

500

50

9% CL

Silica (SI-S)
Hydrophilic
Normal Phase
Polar compounds
Non-polar organics,
				oils, lipids
					Aldehydes, amines, pesticides, herbicides,
carotenoids, fat soluble vitamins, baflatoxins,
fatty acids, and phospholipids

2–8

No

60

500

50

Bare Silica

Amino (NH2-S)
Hydrophilic
Normal Phase			

Basic compounds, polar aminecompounds, carbohydrates

2–8

No

60

500

50

5% CL

Polar to Mid-Polararomatic compounds

Biological fluids, aqueous samples,
buffered organics

Strong Cation
Ion Exchange
Ion Exchange
Basic compounds
Biological fluids, aqueous samples,
Exchange (SCX)				
buffered organics
					Cations, antibiotics, drugs, amino acids,
2–8
No
60
450
60
catecholamines, herbicides, nucleic acid bases, 						nucleosides, and surfactants						Weak cation
Ion Exchange
Ion Exchange
Strong basic compounds
Biological fluids, aqueous samples
Exchange (WCX)										Cations, amines, antibiotics, drugs, amino acids,
2–8
No
60
450
60
Weak Acid – Carboxylic acid; Exchange
catecholamines, nucleic acid bases, nucleosides, 						capacity 0.22 meq/gand surfactants						Strong Anion
Ion Exchange
Ion Exchange
Acidic compounds
Biological fluids, aqueous samples
Exchange (SAX)					Acidic food pigments, organic acids, phenol
2–8
No
60
450
60
compounds, nucleic acids, nucleotides, surfactants						Strong Base – quaternary amine;
Exchange capacity 0.30 meq/g

Cyano (CN-S)

Polar compounds in hexane and oil

8% CL; Mid-range polarity between silica and C18

Hydrophilic

Normal Phase

Polar to Mid-Polar compounds

Non-polar organics, oils, lipids

2–8

Yes

60

500

50

Strong Acid – Sulfonic acid;
Exchange capacity 0.70 meq/g

Florisil (FL-S)
Hydrophilic
Normal Phase
Polar compounds				

Ideal for polar compounds
Pesticides, Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCB)
2–8
No
–
–
200
in non-polar matrix							Standard grade. Alternative to silica for viscous
matrices due to large particle size

Florisil Pesticide (FL-S)
Hydrophilic
Normal Phase
Polar compounds				

Ideal for polar compounds
Pesticides
2–8
No
–
–
200
in non-polar matrix							High purity pesticide grade. Alternative to silica
for viscous matrices

Polyamine (P6)
Hydrophilic
Reversed Phase			

Carboxylic acids, phenolics
Aqueous and mid-polar matrices
and nitroaromatics		

Aromatic and natural products; Flavones,
Chalkones, Anthraquinones

2–8

No

–

–

100

Nylon 6300 A (C4)

Hydrophobic

Reversed Phase

Non-polar to mid-polar compounds

Biological Samples

Hydrophobic peptides and polypeptides

2–8

No

300

–

–

Large pore size for isolation of large biomolecules

LCC

Hydrophobic

Reversed Phase

Non-polar to mid-polar compounds

Biological fluids, aqueous samples

Non-polar compounds in aqueous solution

2–8

Yes

60

500

50

10% CL; Lower carbon load than C18-S and REC18

Mixed mode (MM1)

Ion Exchange/ Hydrophobic

Reversed Phase/SCX

Basic compounds

Biological samples

Drugs and drug metabolites

2–8

No

60

450

60

Exchange capacity 0.09 meq/g

Mixed mode (MM2)

Ion Exchange/ Hydrophobic

Reversed Phase/WCX

Very basic compounds

Biological samples

Drugs and drug metabolites

2–8

No

60

450

60

Exchange capacity 0.10 meq/g

Mixed mode (MM3)

Ion Exchange/ Hydrophobic

Reversed Phase/SAX

Acidic compounds

Biological samples

Drugs and drug metabolites

2–8

No

60

450

60

Exchange capacity 0.14 meq/g						
Phase
Mechanism
Interaction Mode
Compounds
MatrixTypical Applications

pH
Range

EndCapping

Pore
Size (A)

Surface
Area (m2/g)

Particle
Size (μm)

Extreme Capacity (XC)

0 – 14

No

–

1500

70

Supra-Poly Spherical Polymer

Hydrophobic

Reversed Phase

Polar and non-polar

Aqueous or organic

Drugs and drug metabolites biological fluids

Comments
High capacity polystyrene-divinylbenzene (PSDVB)

Extreme Capacity
Hydrophobic
Reversed Phase
Polar and non-polar
Biological and viscous samples
Drugs and drug metabolites biological fluids
0 – 14
No
Wide Pore
1200
90
Wide Pore (XWP)											High capacity PSDVB for large biomoleculesand viscous matrices

Hydrophilic (ATH)
Hydrophilic
Reversed Phase
Mid to non-polar compounds
Aqueous or organic					

Mixed hydrophilic/hydrophobic interactions

Mid-polar and non-polar compounds in aqueousand organic solvents

1 – 13

No

70

800

75

Lipophilic (ATL)
Lipophilic
Reversed Phase
Mid to non-polar compounds
Crude samples
Lipids
0 – 14
No
70
800
100
PSDVB; Alternative to high flow silica for mid-polar											to non-polar compounds (<3000D) in crude samples
Environmental (AEV)
Hydrophilic/ Hydrophobic
Reversed Phase
Mid to non-polar compounds
Aqueous or Organic					

Aqueous environmental compounds that are
1 – 12No70
80075
not retained on C18						Advanced environmental; Polystyrene-co-2hydroxyethyl methacrylate (PSHEMA)

HLB
Hydrophilic/lipophilic balanced
Reversed Phase
Mid to non-polar compounds
Aqueous or organic					Mid-polar and non-polar compounds in
0 – 14No80
850
30 and 60
aqueous and organic solvents						Hydrophilic-lipophilic-balanced reversedphase sorbent for acids, bases and neutrals

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

6BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

7

SPESupra-Clean Columns and Cartridges, Supra-Poly HLB Columns

Supra-Clean Columns and Supra-Poly HLB Columns
Cartridges• Contains macro-porous polymers with ultra-pure,
pharmaceutical grade spherical particles• Pure spherical silica• Pore size 60 – 120 Å• Shorter analysis times, greater load capacity and reduced
solvent usage• Ideal for high throughput assays

Columns
Media Weight

VolumeQty.

Part No.

Supra-Poly HLBSupra-Clean C18
500 mg

3 mL*

50

N9306642

15 mL

20

N9306534

Supra-Clean Silica (SI-S)
2g

Media Weight

VolumeQty.

Part No.

3 mL

50

N9306660

30 µm Columns
200 mg* Not end-capped

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

8SPESupra-d QuEChERS Dispersive SPE

Supra-d QuEChERS Dispersive SPE
For more than 30 years, pesticide extraction methods have
evolved to ensure rugged and safe liquid chromatography (LC)or gas chromatography (GC) analysis. Initial techniques ofliquid to liquid extraction and Dispersive SPE (dSPE) have been
optimized to combat emulsions, loss of analytes and excessive
solvent consumption.
Our Supra-d QuEChERS dispersive SPE turns sample preparation
into an easy two-step process by using the QuEChERS method.
QuEChERS (Quick, Easy, Cheap, Effective, Rugged, Safe)
dispersive SPE, is the number one used sample preparation
approach in pesticide residue analysis. It eliminates complex
liquid extraction methods and extends the range of recovered
pesticides. The QuEChERS procedure is fast and easy, improving
lab productivity and resulting in fewer errors.
Features and Benefits:• High recoveries are achieved for more accurate analyzes• Up to 4 times faster than traditional methods

Our SPE extraction and clean-up kits have been customized foryour specific sample preparation needs. They are designed forboth steps of the QuEChERS method and each kit includes
pre-prepared products for simplicity and error-free extractions.
A certificate of quality is included in each kit, ensuring you havethe best for your application. With our extensive line of dispersive
SPE kits you’ll be sure to find what you’re looking for.

• Low solvent usage and waste for maximum cost savings

QuEChERS simple two-step procedure:
Step 1: Extraction
Homogenize
sample andplace 10 g in
a 50 mL tube

Add 10 mLacetonitrile
and mix

Add internal
standard(s)Add preparedsample to an
extraction
reagent tube

Centrifuge

Test supernatantdirectly by
GC, GC/MS,
LC, LC/MS

Shake

Centrifuge

Step 2: Clean-Up
Transfer analiquot of thesupernatant to aclean-up tube

Shake

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

9SPESupra-d QuEChERS for Multiple Pesticide Residue Analysis

Supra-d QuEChERS for Multiple
Pesticide Residue Analysis
We offer American AOAC Standard (Official Method 2007.01)
QuEChERS method and European Standard (EN 15662)
QuEChERS method.

MethodVol.

Qty. MgSO4 Na Acetate

AOAC 2007.01

50 mL

50

6g

EN 15662

50 mL

50

4g

Na Citrate

Na Citrate
Sesquihydrate

NaCl

1g

0.5 g

1g

Part No.

Powder Pack
(pkg. 500)
Part No.

Extraction Kits

Description

N9306900

1.5 g

N9306940

Vol.

Qty.

MgSO4

PSA

C18

Part No.

15 mL

50

1200 mg

400 mg

400 mg

N9306911

15 mL

50

900 mg

150 mg******AOAC 2007.01 Clean-Up Kits
Waxed Fruit and Vegetables

EN 15662 Clean-Up Kits
Fruit and Vegetables*

N9306921

MgSO4 removes excess water.

**

PSA removes sugars, fatty acids, organic acids, and anthocyanine pigments.

***

C18 removes nonpolar interferences.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

10

SPE
Syringes, SPE Pumps and Manifolds

SPE Vacuum PUMPS, Manifolds and Accessories
SPE Vacuum Manifolds accommodate either 12 or 24 cartridges; 1, 3,
6, 15, and 25 mL columns can be used. Manifolds are equipped with avacuum port to connect a standard laboratory vacuum pump. Vacuum
pulls the sample through the stationary phase, metered by the stopcocks,
to control the speed of the extraction process and the sample flow.
Waste and wash solvents are discarded and analytes are collected insample tubes below the manifold completing the extraction. For yourconvenience, manifold kits are supplied in either 12 position or 24 position
configurations.

Kit Contents
Description

Qty.

12 Position
Part No.

Vacuum Manifold Kit

1

N9306619

Syringes
Disposable Syringes
Designed for use with syringe filters, these disposable, sterile,
polypropylene syringes are for general-purpose applications. Our
package design features an airtight seal that’s easy to open. Upon
removing, the syringes can be autoclaved effortlessly.
Description

Pkg.

Part No.

Luer-Lock Tips, 1 mL

10002542890

Luer-Lock Tips, 3 mL

20002542891

Luer-Lock Tips, 5 mL

10002542892

Luer-Lock Tips, 10 mL

10002542893

Ultramicro Volume Syringes
Recommended for manual liquid sample injections of less than
5 μL for gas chromatography. Syringes come standard withneedle length of 7 cm – optimal for PerkinElmer injectors.
Syringe Capacity

Gauge

OD

ID

Tip Description

Pkg.

Part No.

0.5 µL

26

0.47

0.1

Bevel

1

N9302231

1.0 µL

23

0.63

0.15

Cone

1

00230177

1.0 µL

26

*

0.47

0.15

Cone

1

00230111

5.0 µL

23

0.63

0.37

Cone

1

00230178* Recommended for PerkinElmer wide-bore capillary adapter.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

11

SPE
Nylon and PTFE Syringe Filters

Nylon and PTFE Syringe Filters
PTFE (Hydrophobic) Syringe Filters
These are versatile filters for use with aggressive organic solventbased solutions and are particularly suited for HPLC sample
preparation. Hydrophobic PTFE syringe filters have broad chemicalcompatibility and high pH resistance.

Our Syringe Filters are lab tested and certified to bring you
the highest quality syringe filters available. Our membranematerials are supplied per ISO9001:2008 certified manufacturing
practices in certified clean room conditions. We utilize the latest
manufacturing technology to ensure you receive a high quality,
consistent product every time.
Select our superior premium 17 and 30 mm filters which aresuitable for coarse/crude samples or higher detection limit
applications (such as food, beverage, or environmental analysis)
and our 4, 13 and 25 mm syringe filters are ideal for routine
QA/QC analysis.

Ideal for aqueous (non-acidic) or organic sample preparation and
HPLC, GC or dissolution sample analysis. With its excellent
flow characteristics, very low extractable levels and mechanicalstability, Nylon offers the best combination of physical parameters
to meet the most stringent analytical needs.
Pkg.

Color

0.22 µm Particle
Part No.

0.45 µm Particle
Part No.

4
13

200

Clear

02542900

02542901

100

Purple02542902

17

100

Yellow

02542881

02542880

25

100

Purple02542904

02542905

30

100

Yellow

02542883

02542882

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Pkg.

Color

0.22 µm Particle
Part No.

17

100

Red

02542884

25

100

Red

0.45 µm Particle
Part No.
02542912

PVDF (Hydrophobic Polyvinylidene Fluoride)
Syringe Filters
Compatible with a wide range of mild organic solutions. PVDF
membranes are not recommended for use with acetone, DMF,
DMSO, or bases >6N.
Size
(mm)

Pkg.

Color

0.22 µm Particle
Part No.

0.45 µm Particle
Part No.

13

100

Yellow

02542915

02542783

PTFE (Hydrophylic) Syringe Filters

Nylon Syringe Filters

Size
(mm)

Size
(mm)

These filters are suitable for use with aqueous and aggressive
organic solvent-based solutions and are suitable for HPLC sample
preparation. They have broad chemical compatibility andhigh pH resistance.
Size
(mm)

Pkg.

Color

0.22 µm Particle
Part No.

0.45 µm Particle
Part No.

25

100

Red

02542926

02542927

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

12

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA

Vials, Caps and Septa
PerkinElmer offers a wide selection of superior quality
products designed to work with your PerkinElmer instruments.
Our precision designed products deliver the peace of mind thatcomes from knowing that you’ll get the results you need.

Quick Reference Index

Page

Autosampler Caps and Septa

29

Autosampler Vial, Cap and Septa Convenience Kits

23

Autosampler Vials

18

Autosampler Vial Inserts

22

Autosampler High Recovery Vials

21

Autosampler Vials with Fused Inserts

21

Autosampler Caps with Ultra Low Bleed Septa

30

Crimpers: Electronic, Handheld and Benchtop

32

CTC Headspace Vials

24

Headspace Caps and Septa

31

Headspace Caps with Ultra Low Bleed Septa

30

Headspace Crimp Top Vials

24

Headspace Screw Top Vials

24

Headspace Starter Kits

28

Headspace Vial, Cap and Septa Convenience Kits

27

How to Choose a Vial and Seal

15

PureView Certified and MS Certified Vials

16

Quality Matters; Vials, Caps and Septa

14

Waste and Wash Vials, Caps and Septa for GC

22

CLICK THE ARROWSTO VIEW EACH PAGE

PureView Certified andMS Certified Vials
Our range of PureView Certified andMS Certified vials are manufactured
from Type 1 borosilicate glass whichmeets all USP, JP, and EP requirements.
PureView MS Certified vials have beenthoroughly tested for residuals andapproved on Mass Spec (MS) systems.

Vial, Cap and Septa Kits
Buying a kit offers you a guaranteed
proper fit between the cap andvial. Available with either glass or
polypropylene vials, and a range ofcap choices, these autosampler vial,
cap and septa kits make it surprisingly
simple to re-stock your laboratory.

Fused Inserts
Autosampler Vials
For easy handling and sampling of
micro volumes, try our glass vials
with fused sample inserts. A variety
of volumes are available in either
clear or amber glass.

Electronic Crimpers
The upgraded electronic crimper anddecapper model features a new digital
display that indicates tool size, remaining
battery power, current crimp setting, andthe cycle result. The settings menu provides
tool statistics, a cycle log, reset options, andlanguage settings. Benefit from consistentcrimp power time and time again at the touchof a button.

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

13

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Quality Matters: Vials, Caps and Septa

Quality Matters: Vials, Caps and Septa
Vials and closures are a critical part of your workflow; just as important as the instrument or column used. It is easy to think of a vialor cap as a low cost commodity that won’t impact your results, but the reality is different. It’s not only the physical attributes that canaffect overall analytical performance, but also the quality of the glass and septa used. Contamination from sub-standard glass or poor
quality septa (Figure 3) can lead to interferences, inaccuracies and failures which ultimately effects lab productivity.

Features and Benefits:

Figure 3. Bonded Cap Analysis.

• Vials are made from Type I
Borosilicate Glass; which meets all
USP, JP and EP requirements. This
glass is very hard and has a low
expansion coefficient even athigh temperature

Competitive Bonded Septa• Vials are stringently tested using
camera gauging technology toensure final product meets all
dimensional specifications

PerkinElmer “Standard” Bonded Septa• All our vials, caps and septa are
fit to perform on PerkinElmer andnon-PerkinElmer instruments

PerkinElmer “Ultra Low Bleed” Bonded Septa• We stock a wide variety of sizes,
colors and materials of vials, caps
and septa• All vials are packed in a clean roomand those labelled with ‘LC Clean’
include an additional certificate
of analysis

Blank• Option for ultra low bleed septa
for the ultimate in inertness. Batch
certification is also available

The GC comparison, above, compares a competitive brand of septa to PerkinElmer’s
standard and ultra-low bleed septa products. The level of siloxanes bleed identified in
the competitive product is clearly at a much higher level compared to our septa.
Taking purity and inertness to the next level are PerkinElmer’s range of ultra low bleed
septa. Offering unsurpassed quality, no bleed is detected ensuring maximum sensitivity
for applications; particularly MS, headspace and SPME.
You can rely on PerkinElmer to consistently supply only the highest quality vials, caps
and septa to ensure that your analytical instruments continue to operate smoothly.
All are tested to our stringent requirements and are compatible with both PerkinElmer
instruments and other vendor systems. Choose from a range of glass or polypropylene
vials and select your particular closure from a variety of options. Separate vials and caps
can readily be purchased or select one of our kits for added convenience.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

14

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Quality Matters: Vials, Caps and Septa

How to Choose a Vial:
1.	Choose a size.
a. Volume (i.e. 2 mL, high recovery or micro volume)
b. Diameter and height (i.e.12 mm x 32 mm)
c. ID of the neck (i.e. 9 mm or 11 mm)
d. Finish (i.e. crimp or screw top)
HeightID

2. Choose a color.
	If your sample is sensitive to light you may
want to consider an amber vial.
3. Choose a material.
	Vials are available in both glass and polypropylene.
For biological applications polypropylene vials are recommended.

Diameter

How to Choose a Seal:
1.	Choose a septa material.
Required temperature of operation, resistance to coring, storage shelf
time are a few of the variables that should be taken into consideration
when choosing your septa material.
Refer to the table below for an overview of compatibility.
2.	Decide between a pre-slit or non-slit septa.
Due to the technique and type of needle they use, pre-slit septa are ideal
for LC systems, while non-slit septa are ideal for GC and GC/MS systems.
3. Match the size of the cap/septa with the size of your vial.

Cap and Septa Compatibility
PTFE/Silicone

PTFE/Red Rubber

PTFE/Red Butyl

Red Butyl

Up to 210 °C

Up to 160 °C

Up to 130 °C

Up to 130 °C

Yes

Yes

No

No

Price per 1000

Expensive

Economical

Economical

Very Economical

Resistance to coring

Excellent

Good

Low

Low

Yes

Yes

No

No

Acids

Excellent

Good

Fair

Fair

Alcohols

Good

Fair

Good

Good

Temperature range
Use for multiple injections?

Recommended for storage
Solvent Compatibility

Chloroform

Good

Poor

Fair

Fair

Ethyl acetate

Excellent

Good

Fair

Fair

Hexane

Good

Poor

Poor

Poor

MethanolExcellent

Good

Good

Good

Do You Need Anything Else?
We have a wide variety of crimpers, decappers,
and vial trays to also make your analysis easier.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

15

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
PureView Certified and MS Certified Vials

PureView Certified andMS Certified Vials
It’s a common misconception that all vials are createdequal. In fact, their quality and cleanliness can varysignificantly. Many people think vials and caps are an
inexpensive commodity that won’t impact your results,
but that’s not the case.
Vials and closures are a critical part of your daily
workflow – they’re as important as the instruments
and columns you trust to get accurate results day afterday. Not only do their physical attributes affect overall
analysis, but also their quality of glass and septa playa key role in your outcomes. Contamination fromsubstandard glass or poor-quality septa can lead tointerferences, inaccuracies, and failures, which ultimately
drags down lab productivity.

PureView Certified Vials

PureView MS Certified Vials

Our range of certified vials are manufactured from Type 1borosilicate glass which meets all USP, JP, and EP requirements.
The low-expansion, coefficient glass exhibits excellent thermal
conductivity and provides an inert surface with a low free ioncontent, giving you accurate results every time.

Vials and caps are a critical part of a sample workflow and can
be overlooked in any out of specification investigation where
inaccurate peaks occur. Lower quality vials and caps can be asource of sample contamination. Our range of PureView MS
certified vials and range of caps, including the ultralow bleed
septa, have been thoroughly tested for residuals and approved on
Mass Spec (MS) systems. So, you can have complete confidence
in your results and minimize unplanned laboratory downtime.

Produced to our exacting tolerances to facilitate uninterrupted
analysis and minimize unplanned downtime, no product is placed
into inventory without passing cleanliness and performance
testing for consistent results.
Packaged in an ISO class 8 clean room environment, there isno risk of organic contaminants, helping to maintain analysis
sensitivity levels.

Residuals testing by GC/MS and LC/MS is completed on every
batch of PureView MS certified vials by replicating typical user
conditions. Vials are exposed to commonly used solvents andat given time intervals. This enables confirmation that there is a
low background, ensuring maximum sensitivity. An example ofclear PureView MS Certified vials analyzed at 2-hour and 5-day
intervals is shown on GCMS and LCMS below.

PureView Certified and MS Certified vials are available in 2 mL autosampler
and 20 mL headspace vials. For added convenience and a guaranteed fit,
a number of vial and cap kits are also available.

2 mL Autosampler Vials

20 mL Headspace Vials

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

16

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
PureView Certified and MS Certified Vials
GC/MS TIC scans of PureView MS Certified clear vials with DCM (blank, 2-hour extraction, 5-day extraction).

LC/MS (+) and (-) TIC scans of PureView MS Certified clear vials with ACN (blank, 2-hour extraction, 5-day extraction).

DCM

ACM

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

17

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Autosampler Vials

PureView Certified and MS Certified
2 mL Autosampler Vials

Screw Top

Crimp Top

PureView 2 mL Autosampler Glass Vials (12 x 32 mm)
Our range of PureView Certified and MS Certified vials are manufactured from Type 1 borosilicate glass which meets all USP, JP, and EP
requirements. PureView MS Certified vials have been thoroughly tested for residuals and approved on MS systems.
Select from a range of crimp or screw vials, in amber or clear glass. All certification details are available atwww.perkinelmer.com/COA where you simply enter the part number and lot number to retrieve the information.
Clear Screw

Clear Screw
Write on Patch

Amber Screw
Write on Patch

Clear Crimp
Write on Patch

Amber Crimp
Write on Patch

Neck Diameter

9 mm

9 mm

9 mm

11 mm

11 mm

Vial Dimensions

12 x 32 mm

12 x 32 mm

12 x 32 mm

12 x 32 mm

12 x 32 mm

PureView Certified 2 mL GC and LC Vials
Crimp vials are commonly used for GC and screw vials commonly used for LC, but either crimp or screw configurations can be used.
Clear Screw

Clear Screw
Write on Patch

Amber Screw
Write on Patch

Clear Crimp
Write on Patch

Amber Crimp
Write on PatchPart Number Pkg. 100

N9305087

N9305088

N9305089

N9305085

N9305086

Part Number Pkg. 1,000

N9305097

N9305098

n/aN9305095

N9305096

PureView MS Certified 2 mL GC and LC Vials
Crimp vials are commonly used for GC and screw vials commonly used for LC, but either crimp or screw configurations can be used.
Clear Screw

Clear Screw
Write on Patch

Amber Screw
Write on Patch

Clear Crimp
Write on Patch

Amber Crimp
Write on PatchPart Number Pkg. 100

N9305077

N9305078

N9305079

N9305075

N9305076

Part Number Pkg. 1,000

n/a

n/a

n/a

N9305099

N9305100

See next page for PureView 2 mL Autosampler Vial Instrument Compatibility.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

18

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Autosampler Vials
Clear Screw

Clear Screw
Write on Patch

Amber Screw
Write on Patch

Clear Crimp
Write on Patch

Amber Crimp
Write on Patch

Neck Diameter

9 mm

9 mm

9 mm

11 mm

11 mm

Vial Dimensions

12 x 32 mm

12 x 32 mm

12 x 32 mm

12 x 32 mm

12 x 32 mm

2 mL Clear
Screw Vial with
Write on Patch

2 mL Amber
Screw Vial with
Write on Spot

2 mL Clear
Crimp Vial with
Write on Spot

2 mL Amber
Crimp Vial with
Write on Spot

PureView 2 mL Headspace Vial Instrument Compatibility
Manufacturer

PerkinElmer

2 mL Clear
Screw Vial
Flexar LC/Series 200

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Clarus GC 400 Series/500 Series/600 Series

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

AS100/AS200/AS300/AS150/AS800 (LC)
ThermoScientific/Dionex AS 1000/2000/3000 (TRACE GC)
AS-AP

Agilent
Technologies

WatersShimadzu

SURVEYOR Autosampler Plus

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

WPS-3000RS/3000SL

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

1050

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

1050 (34 Position Tray)*

–

–

–

–

–

1090

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

1100

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

1200

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
✓

1260/1290 Infinity

✓

✓

✓

✓

7673A/7683A

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

5880/5890

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

6850 (27 Position Tray Only)/6890

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

7890

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
✓

8890

✓

✓

✓

✓

CTC GC PAL

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

7673A/7683A/7693A

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ACQUiTY TM UPLC

✓

✓

✓

–

–

Alliance 2690/2695

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Alliance 2790/2795

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

AOC14/1400

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
✓

AOC 17✓✓✓✓

AOC-20/20i/20s (150 Position Tray)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

AOC 88/9

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

AOC-5000

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

LC 20A

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

LC 2010 /LC2010A (140 Position Tray)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

SIL-2AS/SIL-6A/SIL-6B/SIL-7A/SIL-8A/SIL-9A

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

SIL-10A/SIL-10AF/SIL-10Ai/SIL-10AxL(100 Position Tray)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

SIL-20A (Prominance) 105 Vial Position Tray

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

SIL-20AC (Prominance) 70 Vial Position Tray

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

SIL-20AXR/SIL-20ACXR

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

SIL-30AC

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

19

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Autosampler Vials

Standard 2 mL Autosampler Vials

Standard 2 mL Autosampler Glass Vials (12 x 32 mm)
Our standard vials are manufactured from Type I Borosilicate Glass, which meets all USP, JP, and EP Pharmacopeia requirements.
The glass performs excellently at high temperatures and is chemical resistant to acidic, neutral and alkali solutions.

Standard 2 mL Autosampler Vials for GC
The vials listed below are the commonly used configurations for GC and are compatible with GC auto samplers.
Crimp vials are commonly used, but crimp or screw configurations can be used.
Neck ID Size (mm)Vial Top Type

Vial Description

Part No. Pkg. 100

9

Screw

Clear glass

N9306201

9Screw

Clear glass with write on patch and fill lines

N9307801

9Screw

Clear glass with write on patch (deactivated)

N9304139

9Screw

Amber glass

N9306220

9Screw

Amber glass with write on patch and fill lines

N9307802

11

Crimp

Clear glass

N9301385

11

Crimp

Clear glass with write on patch and fill lines

N9306223

11

Crimp

Amber glass

N9302680

Standard 2 mL Autosampler Vials for LC
The vials listed below are the commonly used configurations for LC and are compatible with LC auto samplers.
Screw vials are commonly used, but crimp or screw configurations can be used.
Neck ID Size (mm)Vial Top Type

Vial Description

Part No. Pkg. 100
N9306201

9Screw

Clear glass

9

Screw

Clear glass with write on patch and fill lines

N9307801

9Screw

Amber glass

N9306220

9Screw

Amber glass with write on patch and fill lines

N9307802

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

20

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Autosampler Vials

1.5 mL LC Autosampler High Recovery Vials

Screw Top

Crimp Top

Manufactured from the same high quality Type 1 Class A borosilicate glass as our standard 2 mL vials, these high recovery vials provide
efficient handling of a range of sample volumes from 30 µL to 1.5 mL, with the convenience of a single vial format.
Neck ID Size (mm)9Vial Top Type

Vial Description

Part No. Pkg. 100

Screw

Clear glass

N2926202

Micro Volume Autosampler Vials

Screw Top

Crimp TopFor easy liquid sampling, try our glass vials with fused sample inserts; a variety of volumes are available in either clear or amber glass.
They are ideal when handling micro volume samples.
Neck ID size (mm)Capacity

Vial Top Type

Vial Description

Part No. Pkg. 100

9300 µL

Screw

Clear glass

N930071511

300 µL

Crimp

Clear glass

N9300709

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

21

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Autosampler Accessories

Autosampler Vial Inserts

Flat Bottom
InsertPrecision Point
InsertOur vial inserts are made from the same Type 1 borosilicate glass as our vials and can be used for maximum sample extraction whenhandling micro volumes. Extend the usability of your Standard or PureView 2 mL vials with the addition of a micro volume insert.
Simply select the vial insert that matches with the neck ID of your vial.
Insert Capacity

Insert Dimension (mm)Fits Vial Neck ID (mm)Part No. Pkg. 100

250 µL

6 x 29 spring bottom

9 or 11

N9300703

400 µL

6 x 31 flat bottom

9 or 11

N9300704

Waste and Wash Vials, Caps and Septa for GC
ID Size (mm)
13

Screw

Screw

Product Description

Part No. Pkg. 1

Part No. Pkg. 100

Clear Glass Vial – 4 mL (15 x 45 mm)

09923031

N9306247

200 µL Vial Insert––

Support for Vial Insert

–

–

13

Black Cap with PTFE/Silicone(Ultra Low Bleed) Septa–

N9304141

13

Black Phenolic Cap (no Septa)

09923032–

13

Silicone Septa (no Cap)–

N9302780*

Vial Diffuser

N6101276–*N9302780 is pkg. 50.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

22

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Autosampler Vial, Cap and Septa Kits

Autosampler Vial, Cap and Septa
Convenience Kits
Available with either glass or polypropylene vials and a range of cap choices, theseautosampler vial, cap and septa kits make it surprisingly simple to re-stock your laboratory.
Crimp vials are commonly used for GC and screw vials commonly used for LC, but either
crimp or screw configurations can be used.
For your added convenience, and guaranteed fit, we have compiled some commonly usedvial and cap combinations to help you quickly and easily restock your laboratory.

PureView Certified 2 mL Vial, Cap and Septa Convenience Kits for LC and GC
Crimp vials are commonly used for GC and screw vials commonly used for LC, but either crimp or screw configurations can be used.
ID Size(mm)

Vial NeckType

Vial TypeCap Type

Septa TypePart No. Pkg. 100

9

Screw

Clear Glass (Write on Patch)Blue CapRed PTFE/White Silicone (Pre-Slit)

N9310075

9Screw

Amber Glass (Write on Patch)Blue CapRed PTFE/White Silicone (Pre-Slit)

N9310076

11

Crimp

Clear Glass (Write on Patch)

Aluminum (Silver) Cap

PTFE/Red Rubber

N9310077

11

Crimp

Amber Glass (Write on Patch)

Aluminum (Silver) Cap

PTFE/Red Rubber

N9310078

PureView MS Certified 2 mL Vial, Cap and Septa Convenience Kits for LC and GC
Crimp vials are commonly used for GC and screw vials commonly used for LC, but either crimp or screw configurations can be used.
ID Size(mm)

Vial NeckType

Vial TypeCap Type

Septa TypePart No. Pkg. 100

9

Screw

Clear GlassBlue CapRed PTFE/White Silicone (Pre-Slit)

N9310052

9

Screw

Clear Glass (Write on Patch)Blue CapRed PTFE/White Silicone

N9310053

9

Screw

Clear Glass (Write on Patch)Blue Cap

Bonded Red PTFE/White Silicone (Pre-Slit)

N9310066

9

Screw

Clear Glass (Write on Patch)Blue Cap

Bonded Red PTFE/White Silicone

N9310067

9

Screw

Clear Glass (Write on Patch)Blue Cap

PTFE/White Silicone ULB*

N9310064

9

Screw

Amber Glass (Write on Patch)Blue CapRed PTFE/White Silicone (Pre-Slit)

N9310054

9

Screw

Amber Glass (Write on Patch)Blue CapRed PTFE/White Silicone

N9310055

11

Crimp

Clear Glass (Write on Patch)

Aluminum (Silver) Cap

PTFE/Red Rubber

N9310050

11

Crimp

Amber Glass (Write on Patch)

Aluminum (Silver) Cap

PTFE/Red Rubber

N9310051

11

Crimp

Clear Glass (Write on Patch)

Aluminum (Silver) Cap

PTFE/Silicone ULB

N9310063* ULB = Ultra Low Bleed

Standard Autosampler Vial, Cap and Septa Convenience Kits for LC
ID Size(mm)

Vial NeckType

Vial TypeCap Type

Septa TypePart No. Pkg. 100

9

Screw

Clear GlassBlue Cap

PTFE/Red Rubber

N9300699

9

Screw

Amber GlassBlue Cap

PTFE/Silicone

N9300719

9

Screw

Clear GlassBlue Cap

PTFE/Silicone

N9300700

9Screw

Amber Polypropylene

Blue Cap

PTFE/Silicone (Pre-Slit)

N9301735

9Screw

Clear Polypropylene

Blue Cap

PTFE/Silicone (Pre-Slit)

N9301736

9

Screw

Clear GlassBlue Cap

PTFE/Silicone (Pre-Slit)

N9300701

Standard Autosampler Vial, Cap and Septa Convenience Kits for GC
ID Size(mm)

Vial NeckType

Vial TypeCap Type

Septa TypePart No. Pkg. 100

11

Crimp

Clear Glass

Aluminum (Silver) Cap

PTFE/Red Rubber

N9300502

11

Crimp

Clear Glass

Aluminum (Silver) Cap

PTFE/Silicone

N9300500

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

23

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Headspace Vials

Headspace Vials
We offer a variety of GC headspace vials,
caps and septa to fulfil your applicationneeds. Our patented vial and cap design
incorporates pressure-relief features
which guarantee safe operation with thehigh pressure typically developed during
thermostatting. Ordinary vials and caps
without these safety features may burst.
All of our headspace vials have a greaterwall thickness and round base whichenables them to withstand pressure up
to 60 psig. Low-volume sampling canbe achieved by using a 6 mL vial andvial adapter. All PerkinElmer headspacevials are manufactured to specifictolerances that are guaranteed for fit
and performance.

PureView 20 mL Headspace Vials
Our range of PureView Certified and MS Certified vials are manufactured from Type 1 borosilicate glass which meets all USP, JP,
and EP requirements. PureView MS Certified vials have been thoroughly tested for residuals and approved on MS systems.
Select from a range of crimp or screw vials. All certification details are available at www.perkinelmer.com/COA where you simply
enter the part number and lot number to retrieve the information.
20 mL Clear Crimp
Round Bottom

20 mL Clear Crimp
Round Bottom
Write on Patch

20 mL Clear Crimp
Flat Bottom
Write on Patch

20 mL Clear Screw
Round Bottom
Write on Patch

20 mL Clear Screw
Flat Bottom
Write on Patch

Neck Diameter

20 mm

20 mm

20 mm

18 mm

18 mm

Vial Dimensions

23 x 75.5 mm

23 x 75.5 mm

22.6 x 75.5 mm

23 x 75.5 mm

22.6 x 75.5 mm

Clear Crimp
Round Bottom

Clear Crimp
Round Bottom
Write on Patch

Clear Crimp
Flat Bottom
Write on Patch

N9305090

N9305091

N9305094*

PureView Certified 20 mL Headspace Vials

Part Number Pkg. 100

PureView MS Certified 20 mL Headspace Vials
Clear Crimp
Round Bottom

Clear Crimp
Round Bottom
Write on Patch

Clear Crimp
Flat Bottom
Write on PatchPart Number Pkg. 100

n/aN9305081

N9305083*

Part Number Pkg. 1,000

n/aN9305080

n/a* These dimensions are suitable for non-PerkinElmer instrumentation.

See next page for PureView 20 mL Headspace Vial Instrument Compatibility.
BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

24

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Headspace Vials
20 mL Clear Crimp
Round Bottom

20 mL Clear Crimp
Round Bottom
Write on Patch

20 mL Clear Crimp
Flat Bottom
Write on Patch

20 mL Clear Screw
Round Bottom
Write on Patch

20 mL Clear Screw
Flat Bottom
Write on Patch

Neck Diameter

20 mm

20 mm

20 mm

18 mm

18 mm

Vial Dimensions

23 x 75.5 mm

23 x 75.5 mm

22.6 x 75.5 mm

23 x 75.5 mm

22.6 x 75.5 mm

20 mL Clear Crimp
Round Bottom

20 mL Clear Crimp
Round Bottom
Write on Patch

20 mL Clear Crimp
Flat Bottom
Write on Patch

20 mL Clear Screw
Round Bottom
Write on Patch

20 mL Clear Screw
Flat Bottom
Write on Patch

PureView 20 mL Headspace Vial Instrument Compatibility
Manufacturer

PerkinElmer

Turbomatrix 16 / 40 / 110 /150

✓

✓

–

✓

–

ThermoScientific/Dionex

HS800 / HS850

–

–

✓

–

✓

Agilent
Technologies

CTC
Shimadzu

Tekmar

HS2000

–

–

✓

–

✓

TriPlus

–

–

✓

–

✓

7697A

–

–

✓

–

✓

G1888A

✓

✓

–

✓

–

HS 7694 / 7695A

–

–

✓

–

✓

PAL HTC-xt

–

–

✓

–

✓

CTC Combi PAL

–

–

✓

–

✓

HSS-2B/4B

–

–

✓

–

✓

ASI-V

–

–

–

–

–
✓

HTA 200 H

–

–

✓

–

SIL-10HTA / SIL-10HTC

–

–

–

–

–

AOC-5000

–

–

✓

–

✓

HT3

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Tekmar
SOLATek72 / AQUATek 70

–

–

–

–

–

7000 / 7000HT / 7050

✓

✓

–

✓

–

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

25

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Headspace Vials

Standard Headspace Crimp Top Vials
Round bottomed vials designed for use with PerkinElmer headspace instruments.
Vial Volume

Dimensions (OD x Height)(mm)

Description

Pkg.

Part No.

6 mL

21.75 x 38

Clear glass vial (requires Part No. N6120110 for use)*

125

N9302134

10 mL

21.75 x 46

Clear glass vial (requires Part No. N6120111 for use)

100

N6356478

10 mL–

Low volume adapter for 10 mL vial (Part No. N6356478)

10N6120111

20 mL

23 x 75.5

Clear glass vial (no logo)

1000

N9306216

20 mL

23 x 75.5

Clear glass vial with ‘P’ logo

100

N9306079

20 mL

23 x 75.5

Clear glass vial, with ‘P’ logo

1000

B0104236

20 mL

23 x 75.5

Clear glass vial with write on patch and fill lines

100

N9303349

20 mL

23 x 75.5

Clear glass vial with write on patch and fill lines

1000

N9303348

Description

Pkg.

Part No.

* Not compatible with TurboMatrix HS 110 headspace sampler.

Standard Headspace Screw Top Vials
Round bottomed vials designed for use with PerkinElmer headspace instruments.
Vial Volume

Dimensions (OD x Height)
(mm)

10 mL

23 x 46

Clear glass vial, no adaptor

100

N6356479

20 mL

23 x 75.5

Clear glass vial with ‘P’ logo

100

N9306075

20 mL

23 x 75.5

Clear glass vial with ‘P’ logo

1000

N9306078

20 mL

23 x 75.5

Clear glass vial with write on patch and fill lines

1000

N9306241

Standard CTC Headspace Vials
Vial Volume

Vial Closure Type

Dimensions (OD x Height)(mm)

Description

Pkg.

Part No.

20 mL

Crimp

22.6 x 75.5

Clear glass vial with ‘P’ logo (radius bottom)

100

N6356471

20 mL

Crimp

22.6 x 75.5

Clear glass vial with write on patch and fill lines(radius bottom)

100

N6356472

20 mL

Crimp

22.6 x 75.5

Clear glass vial with write on patch and fill lines(radius bottom)

1000

N9303351*

20 mL

Crimp

22.6 x 75.5

Clear glass vial with write on patch and fill lines(flat bottom)

1000

N9303352***Also suitable for Shimadzu, Tekmar and Varian.
** Also suitable for Agilent.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

26

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Headspace Vial, Cap and Septa Kits

Headspace Vial, Cap and Septa
Convenience Kits
We understand your challenges and offer a variety of kits
so that you can easily order and restock your laboratory supplies.

PureView MS Certified 20 mL Headspace Convenience Kits
For your added convenience, and guaranteed fit, we have compiled some commonly usedvial and cap combinations to help you quickly and easily restock your laboratory.
ID
Size
(mm)

Vial
Neck Type

Vial
BottomShape

Vial (Write on Patch
and Fill Lines)

Cap Type

Septa typePart No. Pkg. 100

Part No. Pkg. 1000

18

Screw

Round

Clear Glass

Magnetic Aluminum Cap

PTFE/Silicone ULB*

N9310059

N9310058

20

Crimp

Round

Clear Glass

Silver Aluminum Cap

PTFE/Silicone

N9310057

N9310056

20

Crimp

Round

Clear Glass

Silver Aluminum Cap
with Star Spring Septa

PTFE/Silicone

N9310065

–

20

Crimp

Flat

Clear Glass

Silver Aluminum Cap

PTFE/Silicone

N9310061

N9310060

20

Crimp

Flat

Clear Glass

Silver Aluminum Cap
with Star Spring Septa

PTFE/Silicone

N9310062–* ULB = Ultra Low Bleed

Standard Crimp Top 20 mL Headspace Convenience Kits
Septa TypeCap Type

Vial TypePart No. Pkg. 100

Part No. Pkg. 1000

PTFE/Silicone (white)

Aluminum Cap, Star Spring and Septa

20 mL Crimp Top Clear Glass with Write on Patch and Fill Lines(Radius Bottom)

N9303992–

PTFE/Silicone (white)

Aluminum, Skived Pressure Relief(ultra bleed)

20 mL Crimp Top Clear Glass with Write-on Patch and Fill Lines(Flat Bottom)–

N9300902

Standard Screw Top Headspace Convenience Kits
Septa TypeCap Type

Vial TypePart No. Pkg. 72

PTFE/Silicone

Open Top Gray Polypropylene Screw Cap

40 mL Screw Top Clear Glass (24 mm x 98 mm)

N6352030

PTFE/Silicone––

N6352032** N6352032 is septa only.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

27

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Headspace Starter Kits

Headspace Starter Kits
We offer a variety of headspace consumables so you can evaluate different types of septa and vials for your sampling requirements.
Headspace
Starter Kit 500

Headspace
Starter Kit 100

Headspace Mini
Starter Kit 1000

Part No.
B0505601

Part No.
N6710195

Part No.
N6710198

Kits Include:

Part No.

20 mm Hand Crimper

N9302785

1

1

1*

20 mL Clear Glass Crimp Top Vials

N9306079

500

500

1000

PTFE/Butyl (red) Septa with Pre-Assembled Aluminum Crimp Caps

B0104239100

100

PTFE/Silicone (white) Septa with Pre-Assembled Aluminum Crimp Caps

B0104241

100

100

Aluminum/Silicone Septa with Pre-Assembled Aluminum Crimp Caps

B0104243

100

100

20 mL Clear Glass Screw Top Vials

N9306075500

100

PTFE/Butyl (red) Septa with Steel Magnetic Screw Caps

N9306076100

100

PTFE/Silicone (white) Septa with Steel Magnetic Screw Caps

N9306077

100

100

Needle Seal Assemblies

B05008332

2O-rings

B019811010

10Pressure Gauge with Needle for Vials

B0501377

1

1‘Static Headspace GC Theory and Practice’ book by B. Kolb and L.S. Ettre

N1011210

1

1

1000

* This kit includes an Ergonomic Hand Crimper.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

28

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Autosampler Caps and Septa

Autosampler Caps and Septa
PerkinElmer offers a variety of caps and septa to fulfil your application needs. Our screw threadvial caps use the revolutionary Inter-Seal®. This uses a process that bonds silicone/PTFE and otherelastomeric compounds directly into thermoplastic closures eliminates liner fallout, while still
providing the excellent re-sealability and multiple injection capability. No adhesives are used inthis process, bonding the cap and septa at the molecular level of plastic and rubber. These septa
have a very broad chemical resistance and can be used in many markets including: environmental,
diagnostic packaging, pharmaceutical packaging, cosmetic and food packaging.

Pre-Assembled Caps and Septa for LC
Crimp vials are commonly used for GC and screw vials commonly used for LC, but either crimp or screw configurations can be used.
Neck ID Size (mm)Septa TypeCap Type

Closure Type

Pkg.

Part No.

9

PTFE/silicone ultra-low bleed

Blue (polypropylene)

Screw

100

N9306362

9

PTFE/silicone ultra-low bleed (pre-slit)

Blue (polypropylene)

Screw

100

N9306364

9

PTFE/silicone

Blue (polypropylene)

Screw

100

N9306202

9

PTFE/silicone (pre-slit)

Blue (polypropylene)

Screw

100

N9306203

11

PTFE/red rubber

Aluminium (silver)

Crimp

100

N9306015

11

PTFE/red rubber

Aluminium (blue)

Crimp

100

N9302686

11

PTFE/silicone (red/white)

Aluminium (silver)

Crimp

100

N9306228

11

PTFE/Silicone (red/white) ultra-low bleed

Aluminium (silver)

Crimp

100

N9304148

11

PTFE/silicone/PTFE

Aluminum (silver)

Crimp

100

N9306229

Pre-Assembled Caps and Septa for GC
Crimp vials are commonly used for GC and screw vials commonly used for LC, but either crimp or screw configurations can be used.
Neck ID Size (mm)Septa TypeCap Type

Closure Type

Pkg.

Part No.

PTFE/silicone ultra-low bleed

Blue (polypropylene)

Screw

100

N9306362

9

PTFE/silicone

Blue (polypropylene)

Screw

100

N9306202

11

PTFE/red rubber

Aluminium (sliver)

Crimp

100

N9306015

11

PTFE/red rubber

Aluminium (green)

Crimp

100

N9302684

11

PTFE/red rubber

Aluminium (red)

Crimp

100

N9302685

11

PTFE/red rubber

Aluminium (blue)

Crimp

100

N9302686

11

PTFE/silicone (red/white)

Aluminium (silver)

Crimp

100

N9306228

11

PTFE/silicone, ultra-low bleed (red/white)

Aluminium (silver)

Crimp

100

N9304148

11

PTFE/silicone/PTFE

Aluminium (silver)

Crimp

100

N9306229

9

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

29

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Ultra Low Bleed Septa

Ultra Low Bleed Septa
Septa quality, as well as vial quality, are important to ensure rugged and reproducible analytical results, day in day out. Our rangeof ultra-low bleed septa offers the ultimate in purity and inertness. Eliminate potential contamination from septa which can leadto interferences, inaccuracies and failures which ultimately effects lab productivity. A range of septa combinations are available forstandard analytical and headspace applications. The 1.3 mm thick septa are recommended for SPME applications.

2 mL Caps with Ultra Low Bleed Septa
Neck ID Size(mm)

Description

Material

Screw Top

Crimp Top

Part No. Pkg. 100

Part No. Pkg. 100

9PTFE/Silicone

Blue polypropylene

N9306362

9

PTFE/Silicone (pre slit)

Blue polypropylene

N9306364

11

PTFE/Silicone (red/white)

Aluminium (silver)

N9304148

Headspace Caps with Ultra Low Bleed Septa
As the ultra low bleed septa in the headspace crimp caps are thinner than the standard septa, it is essential to use a higher necked vial toensure a tight crimp. Part number N9306883 should be used. Applying the caps to an alternative vial does not guarantee a tight seal.
Septa TypeCap Type

PTFE/Silicone (blue/white) 1.5 mm thickAluminium Magnetic Cap

Screw Top
Part No. Pkg. 100

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEX

N9304175

ORDER ONLINE

30

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Headspace Caps and Septa

Headspace Caps and Septa
Choose the right septa for your analysis. Although a wide variety of septa is available,chemical compatibility and temperature are the most critical to the analysis. Temperatureapplies not only to the vial, but also to the temperature of the instrument’s needle used
for pressurization and sample transfer, which is heated to prevent condensation. A needle
temperature higher than the vial temperature setting can decompose the septum material.
PTFE coated silicone offers the highest temperature operating limits.
(See Septa Recommended Chart on page 19 for more details.)

Pre-Assembled Aluminum Crimp Caps and Septa
Septa Type

Aluminum Caps
(Pre-Assembled)

Crimp Top
Part No. Pkg. 100

Crimp Top
Part No. Pkg. 1000

PTFE/Silicone (white)

Aluminum Cap, Star Spring and Septa

N9304146

B4000022

PTFE/Silicone (white)

Aluminum, Skived Pressure Relief

N9302975

Silver Aluminium Cap

N9304184

Ultra Low Bleed PTFE/Silicone (blue/white) 1.5 mm thick– must be used with high neck crimp vials (N9306883) to ensure a tight seal

Un-Assembled Aluminum Crimp Caps and Septa
Septa Type

Aluminum Caps
(Un-Assembled)

Crimp Top
Part No. Pkg. 100

Crimp Top
Part No. Pkg. 1000

PTFE/Silicone (white)

Aluminum Cap, Star Spring and Septa

B0104241

B0104242

Aluminum/Silicone

Aluminum Cap, Star Spring and Septa

B0104243

B0104244

Pre-Assembled Magnetic Crimp and Screw Caps and Septa

Septa Type

ClosureMagnetic Caps (Pre-Assembled)

Part No. Pkg. 100

PTFE/Silicone (red)Screw

Steel Magnetic Cap

N6356474

PTFE/Silicone (blue/white) 0.060 in. thick

Screw

Steel Magnetic Cap

N6356476

PTFE/Silicone (white)

Screw

Steel Magnetic Cap

N9306077

PTFE/Silicone (blue)

Screw

Steel Magnetic Cap

N6356475

PTFE/Silicone (blue)

Crimp

Bi-Metal Magnetic Cap

N6356566

Ultra Low Bleed PTFE/Silicone (blue/white) 1.5 mm thickScrew

Aluminium Magnetic Cap

N9304175

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

31

VIALS, CAPS AND SEPTA
Crimpers: Electronic, Handheld and Benchtop

Crimpers: Electronic, Handheld and Benchtop
Crimping Tools and Vial Accessories
Whatever your need may be, we offer a wide range of crimping tools for your convenience.
Our universal voltage, precision control, power crimpers with adjustable settings are designed to deliver
hundreds of crimps on a single battery charge. The tools are ergonomically designed to reduce strain
associated with the repetitive actions of using a blocky metal manual crimping tool.
Benchtop
Crimper

Autosampler Crimper and Decapper Tools

ManualErgonomic
Crimper

Electronic
Hand
CrimperHeadspace Crimper and Decapper Tools
Description

Qty.

Part No.

Benchtop Crimper Jaws – 20 mm

1

N6621009

Electronic Hand Crimper – 20 mm

1

N9304501

Electronic Hand Decapper – 20 mm

1

N9304503

Manual Hand Crimper – 20 mm

1

N9302785

Manual Hand Crimper (Ergonomic) – 20 mm

1

N6621037

Manual Hand Decapper – 20 mm

1

N9301270

Manual Hand Decapper (Ergonomic) – 20 mm

1

N6621038

Vial Racks
Description

Qty.

Part No.

11 mm Vial Rack – 50 Vial Capacity

1

N9301303

20 mm Vial Rack – 36 Vial Capacity

1

N9301304

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Description

Qty.

Part No.

Electronic Hand Crimper – 11 mm

1

N9304500

Electronic Hand Decapper – 11 mm

1

N9304502

Manual Hand Crimper – 11 mm

100090699

Manual Hand Crimper (Ergonomic) – 11 mm

1

N6621035

Manual Hand Decapper – 11 mm

1

N9301390

Manual Hand Decapper (Ergonomic) – 11 mm

1

N6621036

High Powered Crimpers
and Decappers
The high powered crimper and decapper
is an essential laboratory accessory forany high through put environment.
Experience the benefits of not only fast
and accurate crimping or decapping,but also the ultimate tool in flexibility
with interchangeable jaw sets. Now ina single unit, you can crimp and decap
standard analytical vials and headspacevials. Changing the jaws, either size orfunction, takes a matter of just seconds.

High Powered Crimperwith Jaw Set

Description

Qty.

Part No.

High Powered Crimping Tool

1

N9304510

20 mm Decapper Jaw Set

1

N9304512

Base and Mounting Kit

1

N9304515

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

32

LC COLUMNSSPP HPLC and UHPLC Columns

SPP HPLC and UHPLC Columns
Superficially Porous Particle (SPP) columns produce sharper peaks and faster separation results. These results are possible due to theirbreakthrough particle design and size. SPP columns use particles comprising a thin outer shell of porous silica fused to a solid inner core.
This advanced design allows for a shorter diffusion path, reducing the time solute molecules spend inside the particles while passing
through the stationary phase.

Material Characteristics
Brand

Phase

Particle Size (μm)

Pore Size (Å)

Carbon %End Cap

pH Range

USP Code

Quasar SPP

PAH

2.6

80

9.9

No

2-9

–

Brownlee SPP

C18

2.7

90

8

Yes

2-9

L1

SPP C18 Columns
Brownlee SPP C18 offers a general purpose Octadecyl phase forreverse phase separations.
Phase

Length
(mm)

ID
(mm)

Particle
Size (µm)

Part No.

SPP C18

30

4.6

2.7

N9308413

SPP C18

50

2.1

2.7

N9308402

SPP C18

50

3.0

2.7

N9308408

SPP C18

100

2.1

2.7

N9308404

SPP C18

150

2.1

2.7

N9308405

SPP C18

150

3.0

2.7

N9308411

SPP C18 Analytical Guard
Cartridges (pkg. 3)

5

2.1

2.7

N9308513

SPP C18 Analytical Guard
Cartridges (pkg. 3)

5

3.0

2.7

N9308514

SPP C18 Analytical Guard
Cartridges (pkg. 3)

5

4.6

2.7

N9308515

SPP Analytical Guard
Cartridge Holder

–

–

–

N9308534

HPLC analysis of EPA Method 8310 quality control checksolution using Quasar SPP PAH, 100 x 3.0 mm, 2.6 μm.
Peak Identification
1. Napthalene
2. Acenaphthylene
3. 1-methylnapthalene
4. 2-methylnapthalene
5. Acenaphthene
6. Fluorene
7. Phenanthrene
8. Anthracene
9. Fluoranthene

Other column dimensions are available.

HPLC analysis of 8 parabens using
Brownlee SPP C18 100 x 3.0 mm, 2.7 µm.

10. Pyrene
11. Benzo(a)anthracene
12. Chrysene
13. Benzo(b)fluoranthene
14. Benzo(k)fluoranthene
15. Benzo(a)pyrene
16. Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
17. Benzo(g,h,i)perylene
18. Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene

Peak Identification
1. 2-phenoxyethanol
2. Methylparaben
3. Ethyl paraben
4. Isopropyl paraben

2
3

45

5. Propylparaben
6. Isobutyl paraben
7. Butylparaben
8. Benzyl paraben

67

8

1

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

33

LC ACCESSORIESLC Accessories& Consumables

LC 300 HPLC and UHPLC
Systems Spares

PerkinElmer offers a wide selection of superior quality
products designed to work with your PerkinElmer instruments.
Our precision designed products deliver the peace of mind thatcomes from knowing that you’ll get the results you need.

For your convenience a listof commonly used parts tokeep your system runningat optimal performance.

Quick Reference Index

Page

Instrument Spares and Consumables

35-51

LX 50 Spares

45

QSight LC/MS/MS System Spares

46-49

Flexar

38-44

Series 200

50-51

LC 300 HPLC and UHPLC Systems Spares

35-37

General LC Accessories

52-55

Fittings, Nuts and Ferrules

55

Microsyringes (For Manual Injection)

52

Rheodyne Valves

52

Rheodyne Spare Parts, Sample Loops,
Internal Loops, and Rotor Seals

An overview of key spares andconsumables needed to keep your
LX-50 LC system operating at
optimum productivity.

Rheodyne Valves
and Spare Parts
A range of valves withassociated spares for
LC/MS (low dispersion),
biological applications(PEEK valves) and highprecision, high accuracy
standard LC applications.

52-53

Solvent Sparger and Solvent Filters

54

Starter Kits

56

Tubing54

Vacuum Degassing Kits

55

CLICK THE ARROWSTO VIEW EACH PAGE

LX-50 Instrument Spares

LC Starter Kits
Essential items to keep yourpumps running at maximum
efficiency; seals, pistons andcheck valves.

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

34

LC ACCESSORIESLC 300 HPLC and UHPLC Systems Spares

LC 300 HPLC andUHPLC Systems

Lamps

Deuterium Lamp

Tungsten Lamp

UV/VIS Detector Lamps
Description

Part No.

Deuterium Lamp

N2920149

Tungsten Lamp

N2920146

MWD and PDA Detector Lamp
The LC 300 lamps provide true UV/VIS detection. The excellent
signal-to-noise characteristics make it ideally suited for low
volume or low concentration samples. Additionally, the LC 300
PDA detector provides high-resolution spectral data.
Description

Part No.

Deuterium Lamp

09290900

Fluorescence Detector Lamps
Our extensive quality control and inspection process demand thevery best quality sources. Choosing a PerkinElmer deuterium,tungsten, or xenon source provides outstanding ultraviolet andtrue visible performance.
• Exceptional performance anywhere in the detector wavelength
ranges (UV/Vis: 190-700 nm, photodiode array detector (PDA)
and multi-wavelength UV/Vis detector (MWD): 190-790 nm,
Fluorescence: 200-900 nm).

The major benefit afforded by fluorescence detection is
the inherent high sensitivity of the technique coupled withoutstanding specificity. The LC 300 Fluorescence detector
provides excellent signal-to-noise ratio for trace analysis using a
150 W xenon source.
Description

Part No.

Xenon Lamp

N2555048• Lamp changes are quick and easy due to a unique self-aligningclamp mount for the for the UV/Vis, MWD, and PDA detectors.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

35

LC ACCESSORIESLC 300 HPLC and UHPLC Systems Spares

Flowcells

Pump Accessories

Detector FlowCells

All pump accessories listed are applicable for the 10K (HPLC) andthe 18K (UHPLC) binary and quaternary pumps.

The LC 300 flowcells provide the highest detection limits possible
for your sample. The 6 mm pathlength flowcell for the UV/Vis
detector has been optimized for lower-dispersion LC analysis
and is the perfect choice when using narrow bore, 2.1 mm or
microbore, 1 mm columns.
Description
FlowcellSizePart No.

6 mm x 2.4 µL

N2920127

Pump Preventive Maintenance (PM) and Lubrication Kits
Description

Part No.

(U)HPLC Gradient Pump Basic PM Kit (6 Months)

N2991115

Pump Seals, Pistons and Check Valves

Fluorescence Detector Flowcells

Description

Part No.

Check Valve Cartridge (Single)

N2991112Check Valve Housing, Inlet Assembly

N2991120

Description

SizePart No.

Check Valve Housing, Outlet Assembly

N2991121

Flowcell Complete

12 μL

N2555049

High-Pressure Seal

N2991111

Flowcell Complete

4 μL

N2555054

Outlet Filter, 2 μm

N2991113

Seal Replacement Tool

N2991100

Piston Cartridge Replacement Kit(Piston and Seal for the Seal Wash)

N2991107

Detector Backpressure Regulator
The detector backpressure regulator is a device that is attached tothe outlet of the detector to prevent outgassing in the flowcell,
eliminating variations to the detector baseline.
Description

Pump Replacement Tubing

VolumePart No.

Description

Part No.

Backpressure Regulator

40 psi in-line

N2925090

Tubing, Stainless Steel, 1/16 in., Pump to Pump

N2991101

Backpressure Regulator Adjustable Stainless Steel

15-59 psi

09907126

Tubing, Stainless Steel, 1/16-in., Pump A to Valve

N2991105

Tubing, Stainless Steel, 1/16 in., Pump B to Valve

N2991106

Tubing, Stainless Steel, 1/16 in., Valve to Purge Pump A

N2991102

Tubing, Stainless Steel, 1/16 in., Valve to Purge Pump B

N2991104

Tubing, Stainless Steel, 1/16 in., Valve to Mixer

N2991103

Pump Backpressure Regulator
Description

Part No.

Pump Backpressure Regulator (Adjustable up to 5,000 psi)

N2925091

1000 psi Pressure Assembly

N2910381

High Pressure Analytical Mixers
Mixers are important in facilitating complete mobile phase blending, resulting in improved retention performance. These mixers should
be used as part of LC 300 systems, where high pressure blending is required. Mixers incorporate a highly efficient cross-flow shearing
mechanism that produces vortex sheer mixing over a wide range of volumes. They are now offered in 18,000 psi pressure max flavor.
The Combo mixer used in the LC 300 pump is a mixer and in-line filter combined. A 35 μL mixer ships with the 18K (UHPLC) binary
pump and a 100 μL mixer ships with the 10K (HPLC) binary pump.
Description

VolumePart No.

Plastic Priming Syringe

30 mL

09904849

Replacement 2 μm Filter for Mixer (1 ea.)

1 Each

N2991113

Combo Mixer

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

36

LC ACCESSORIESLC 300 HPLC and UHPLC Systems Spares

Autosampler General
Accessories

Trays
Trays and Accessories
Description

Part No.

80-Position 2 mL Vial Tray with Dilution Tray

N2930676

96-Well ‘Deep-well’ Microtiter Adapter

N9302560

96-Well 7 mm Pre-slit Silicone Plate Mat/Seal

N9302555

96-Well ‘Deep’ Microtiter Plate Adaptor(Supports Dual Microtiter Plates)

N2936048

96-Well ‘Shallow’ Microtiter Plate Adaptor(Supports Dual Microtiter Plates)

N2936049

100-Position 2 mL Vial Sample Tray

N2936042

Syringes

250 μL Syringe Kit with 500 μL Buffer Tubing N2936052

Loops

Sampling Syringes

Stainless Steel Sample Loops

Description

SizePart No.

Sampling Syringe

50 μL

09923304

Sampling Syringe

100 μL09923305

Sampling Syringe

250 μL09923270

Sampling Syringe

500 μL09923306

Sampling Syringe

1000 μL

09923307

Syringe Tip Replacements (pkg. 10)

250 μL

N2936003

Stainless Steel loops required for use with LC 300 systems (up to 18,000 psi)

Needles and Syringes Kits
Description

SizePart No.

Sample Loop, Stainless Steel

10 μL

N2936057

Sample Loop, Stainless Steel

20 μL

N2936058

Sample Loop, Stainless Steel

50 μL

N2936059

Sample Loop, Stainless Steel100 μL

N2936060

Sample Loop, Stainless Steel200 μL

N2936061

Sample Loop, Stainless Steel500 μL

N2936062

Valve Parts

Description

Part No.

Syringe Kit, 100 μL w/ 200 μL Buffer Tubing

N2936051

Syringe Kit, 250 μL w/ 500 μL Buffer Tubing

N2936052

Syringe Kit, 500 μL w/ 1000 μL Buffer Tubing

N2936053

Syringe Kit, 1000 μL w/ 2000 μL Buffer Tubing

N2936054

Sample Needle with Fittings

N2936009

Air Guide Needle, 62 mm

N2936000

Air Guide Needle, 80 mm

N2936342

Blunt Tip Needle

N2931199

Valve Maintenance Parts
Description

Part No.

Stator for 18K

N2932002

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

37

LC ACCESSORIES
Flexar Instrument Spares

Flexar Instrument Spares

Flexar Needles,
Syringes and Kits
PerkinElmer syringe kits for high pressure applications are
manufactured for precise liquid delivery. All of these glass syringes
come with precision stainless steel plungers. They are used forsampling and flushing and are available in a large variety of sizes.

Flexar Autosampler Needles
Sample needle/w fittings has a 90° bevel and is the standard
needle for the Flexar system. The Bio compatible needle features
an inert titanium needle.

Flexar UV/Vis PDA Flowcells
These flowcells provide the highest detection limits possible foryour sample. The 6 mm pathlength flowcell has been optimized
for lower-dispersion LC analysis and is the perfect choice whenusing narrowbore, 2.1 mm or microbore, 1 mm columns.
The 3 mm pathlength is the choice for semiprep LC to avoid
detector saturation at high-solute concentrations.

Air guide needles are available in two different lengths toaccommodate different plate heights in the autosampler.
The standard air needle is a 62 mm needle. This air needle
accommodates use of a wide range of high and low plates.
Blunt tip/low volume needles are for injection of low μL volumes
out of already low μL samples. The needle inlet is at the very tip,
instead of slightly up the side, to ensure reliable sampling.
Description

Part No.

Sample Needle w/ Fittings

N2936009

Air Guide Needle (62 mm)

N2936000

Blunt Tip/Low Volume Needle

N2931199

Flexar Autosampler Syringe Kits
Dimension

Flowcell Assembly(w/ heat exchanger and zdv unions)

UV/Vis and PDA Flowcells and Assemblies
Description

Size

Buffer Tubing

Part No.

200 µL

N2936051

250 µL500 µL

N2936052

500 µL

1,000 µL

N2936053

1,000 µL

2,000 µL

N2936054

100 µLPart No.

Flowcells for Flexar FX-UV/Vis UHPLC Detectors
Flowcell

6 mm x 2.4 µL

N2920127

Flowcell Kit (includes flowcell anddetector head plate w/ gasket)

6 mm x 2.4 µL

N2920070

Flowcell

10 mm x 15 µL

N2920126

Flowcell Assembly

10 mm x 15 µL

N2920160

Flowcells for Flexar PDA Detectors

Flexar Autosampler Syringes
Syringe replacements for current system setup. If syringe size ischanged from current setup, a syringe kit (containing the relevant
sized tubing) is required.
Contents

Size

Part No.

Sampling Syringe

50 µL

09923304

Sampling Syringe

100 µL09923305

Sampling Syringe

250 µL09923270

Sampling Syringe

500 µL09923306

Sampling Syringe

1000 µL

09923307

Sampling Syringe

2500 µL

09923219*

Sampling Syringe Kit 2500 µL(includes 2500 µL syringe, union and tubing kit)

2500 µL

N2930313

Flush Syringe

2500 µL

09923219*Requires one-time purchase of N2930313.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

38

LC ACCESSORIES
Flexar Instrument Spares

Flow Cells and Pump
Accessory Kits
Detector Backpressure Regulator

Pump Seal Kits

Detector Backpressure Regulator

Description

Part No.

Micropump Piston Seal Replacement Kit
Includes: Seals and O-rings

N2910384

Flexar Standard LC Pump Maintenance Kit
Includes: Fuses, Seals, O-rings and Seal Tools

N2910345

The detector backpressure regulator is a device that is attachedto the outlet of the detector to prevent outgassing in the
flowcell, eliminating variations to the detector baseline.
Description

Material

Part No.
N2925090

40 psi in-line backpressure regulator

N2925091

2 – 5K psi variable backpressure regulator
Backpressure Regulator
Adjustable from 15 – 59 psi

Stainless Steel

09907126

Flexar HPLC and UHPLC Detector Lamps
UV/VIS Deuterium Detector Lamp

Our extensive quality control and inspection process demands
the very best quality sources. Choosing a PerkinElmer deuterium,tungsten or xenon source provides outstanding ultraviolet andtrue visible performance.

Photo Diode Array Detector Lamp

Photo Diode Array Detector Lamps
The Flexar Photo Diode Array Detector provides true UV/VIS
detection and high resolution spectral data. The excellent
signal-to-noise characteristics make it ideally suited for
low-volume or low concentration samples.

• Exceptional performance anywhere in the detector’s 190 – 700 nm
wavelength range

Components• Lamp changes are quick and easy due to a unique self-aligninglamp mount

Deuterium Lamp (PDA)

Part No.

Flexar
N2925030

Deuterium Lamp (PDA Plus)

09290900

Tungsten Lamp

N2922011

UV/VIS Detector Lamps
Description

Part No.

Flexar UV/VIS Detector Lamps
Deuterium Lamp

N2920149

Tungsten Lamp

N2920146

Fluorescence Detector Lamps
The major benefit afforded by fluorescence detection is
the inherent high sensitivity of the technique coupled withoutstanding specificity. The Fluorescence Detector provides
signal to noise ratio of >700:1 from trace analysis using a
150 W xenon source.
Components

Part No.

Flexar

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Xenon Lamp

N2922082

Festoon Lamp

04969486

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

39

LC ACCESSORIES
Flexar Instrument Spares

Flexar FX-15 and FX-20 Pump HeadCheck Valve Assemblies

2
6

8

7
5
4
9

3
1

2

FX-15

FX-20

Description

Stainless SteelPart No.

Standard Stainless SteelPart No.

Biocompatible Titanium
Part No.

2

Inlet/Outlet Check Valve Kit (1 inlet and 1 outlet)

N2911220

N2911220–

3

High Pressure Piston Seal

*

*

*

4

High Pressure Piston Seal Backup Washer

*

*

*

6

Self-Flush Check Valve Kit (1 inlet and 1 outlet)

N2911236

N2911236

N2911236

7

Self-Flush Seal

*

*

*

8

PistonN9308535

N9308535

N9308535

9

Check Valve Capsule (Stainless Steel – Each, Titanium – pkg. 4)

N2911239

N2911239–

10

0.5 mm Tee Assembly Frit

N2911224

N2911224–

11

Check Valve CapsuleN2911239

N2911239–* Seals sold in Kits only. See Preventive Maintenance and Seal Kits.
†
Replacement with FX-20 pump heads (N2911251) is recommended.

Preventive Maintenance (PM) and Seal Kits
Description

Part No.

FX-15 PM Kit Complete (4 Heads)

N2911249

FX-15 Single Head Seal Kit (1 Head)

N2911221

FX-15 Heavy Duty HP Seals (1 Head)

N9308536

FX-20 PM Seal Kit (4 Heads)

N2911250

Tee Valve Assembly

MULTIPLE HOLES

11CHECK VALVE CAPSULESINGLE HOLE

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

40

LC ACCESSORIES
Flexar Instrument Spares

Flexar Seals, Pistons and Check Valves
Check valves, which include a sealing washer, are easy to install using the optional Torque Wrench kit. For all PerkinElmer pumps anintermediate check valve is required. The input check valve, which is identical, should be ordered.
Flexar LC
Description

FX-10

Standard Stainless SteelPart No.

Micropump Stainless SteelPart No.

Biocompatible Titanium
Part No.

Micropump Stainless SteelPart No.

09923367†

09907338

09923367†

1Standard High Pressure Piston Seal

09907324

1

High Pressure Piston Seal – Chemically Resistant09907345

2

High Pressure Piston with Seal Backup Ring

02542076†

3High Pressure Piston Seal PTFE O-ring09902128

09902128

4

Low Pressure Piston Seal

5

Low Pressure Piston Seal Backup Guide Bushing02542313

6

High Pressure Piston

N2600124

N2600124

7

Low Pressure Piston

N2600117

N2600104

8

Inlet Check Valve0254017702540177

9

Intermediate Check Valve0254017702540177

10

Outlet check Valve02540197

02540197†

09902128
09907339

02540177

N2600192* Refer to Users Manual for complete illustrated parts list.
†
High Pressure Piston Seal Backup ring (2) is included with the Standard High Pressure Piston Seal (1).

6
10

1

Check Valves

2
3

Exploded View of Standard Stainless Steel Pump Head.

4
5

8

9

8

Pistons and Seals

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

41

LC ACCESSORIES
Flexar Instrument Spares

Flexar SS
Sample Loops

FX-15, FX-20 UHPLC Pump Accessories
Description

Part No.

Replacement 0.5 µm Filter Frits for FX-15 (pkg. 4)

N2911224

High Pressure FX-15 Piston Seal Kit (Need 4 per FX-15)

N2911221

2,500 µL Sample Syringe Starting Kit

N2930313

For Flexar FX UHPLC Autosampler(up to 18,000 psi operation)

FX-10, FX-15 and FX-20 UHPLC System Accessories
Description

Color

Size (cm)Part No.

0.004 in.

Black

50

N2916200

0.004 in.

Black

76

N2916260

0.005 in.

Red

66

N2916262

ID PEEK Tubing

Description

Connector Tubing, Stainless SteelFX-10 Pump A (Upper) to T-mixer

N2916213

FX-10 Pump B (Lower) to T-mixer

N2916214

FX-10 Injector to Column

N2916215

FX-15 Injector to Column, Standard

N2916223

Spheri-5 Scavenger Columns (pkg. 5)02580202

30 mL Priming Syringe

09904849

Sample Loops

Stainless Steel loops required for use
with FX-10 or FX-20/FX-15 systems operating above 6,200 psi.
SizePart No.

Sample Loop, Stainless Steel

10 µL

N2936057

Sample Loop, Stainless Steel

20 µL

N2936058

Sample Loop, Stainless Steel

50 µL

N2936059

Sample Loop, Stainless Steel100 µL

N2936060

Sample Loop, Stainless Steel200 µL

N2936061

Sample Loop, Stainless Steel500 µL

N2936062

Flexar PEEK Sample Loops
Flexar LC Autosamplers (up to 6,200 psi operation)

Flexar Pump Solvent
Upgrade Kits
The unique design of the PerkinElmer Flexar Pump allows it to easily
be upgraded for additional solvent capability right in your laboratory
as your needs change. Installation of the kit by a PerkinElmer Service
and Support is recommended, but not included. Contact your local
PerkinElmer representative for more information.
Description

Part No.

Binary to Quaternary Upgrade Kit

N2910344

Isocratic to Binary Upgrade Kit

N2910342

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

These loops are compatible with all standard Flexar autosamplers aswell as Series 225 autosamplers. PEEK loops cannot be used above
6,200 psi operation therefore are NOT compatible with standard
Flexar autosamplers. Stainless steel loops required for use with
FX-10 or FX-20/ FX-15 UHPLC systems operating above 6,200 psi.
Description

SizePart No.

PEEK Sample Loop

50 µL

N2936076

PEEK Sample Loop

100 µL

N2936077

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

42

LC ACCESSORIES
Flexar Instrument Spares

Flexar Autosamplers
Flexar Autosampler Trays and Accessories

Features and Benefits

Description

Part No.

80-Position 2 mL Vial Tray with Dilution Tray

N2930676• Loads sample in only 8 seconds (in partial fill mode)

96-Well ‘Deep-well’ Microtiter Adapter

N9302560• Three injection modes: full loop, partial fill and µL-pickup with nosample waste and excellent reproducibility

96-Well ‘Deep’ Microtiter Plate Adaptor(Supports Dual Microtiter Plates)

N2936048

96-Well ‘Shallow’ Microtiter Plate Adaptor(Supports Dual Microtiter Plates)

N2936049

100-Position 2 mL Vial Sample Tray

N2936042

250 µL Syringe Tip Replacements (pkg. 10)

N2936003• Injects sample volumes as little as 1 µL at pressures up to 18,000 psi
with the FX UHPLC Autosampler• Peltier cooling/heating mode option for operation at 4 °C to 40 °C.
Will reach 4 °C ± 2 °C, achievable even at ambient temperatures
up to 25 °C

Flexar Autosampler Valve Maintenance Parts
Description

Flexar LC(6000 psi)
Part No.

Flexar UHPLC(18000 psi)
Part No.

Rotor Seal

N2936021

N2932001

StatorN2936022

N2932002

All Flexar autosamplers can be upgraded in the field for Peltiercooling and heating and they all include:• 100-sample tray
• 100 2 mL vials• 100 2 mL screw top cap withcross slit vial septum• Tubing to connect towaste reservoir• I/O cable (Pump Start/Ready-In)• S ervice Manager SW CD•U
 ser’s manual•N uts and ferrules• All fuses for 120–240 V• All cables required for connection
to a TotalChrom or Chromera
Operating Environment

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

43

LC ACCESSORIES
Flexar Instrument Spares

Peltier Tray Accessories
100-Position Peltier Temperature-Controlled
Tray Accessory
100 standard 2 mL vials. Temperature controlled from4 – 60 °C within ± 1 °C directly from Autosampler keypad– or from TotalChrom Workstation – Client/Server.
Description

Part No.

100-Position Peltier Temperature-Controlled Tray Accessory

N2930035

Peltier Temperature Controller

Static Mixers are important in facilitating complete mobile phase
blending, resulting in improved retention performance. Thesemixers should be used as part of FX10, or FX15 LC systems,
where high pressure blending is required. Mixers incorporate ahighly efficient cross-flow shearing mechanism which produces
vortex sheer mixing over a wide range of volumes. They are now
offered in 18,000 psi pressure max flavor.
A good first choice selection is a volume of about half the flowrate volume. For example, when pumping at a 0.5 mL/minflow rate, a 350 μL mixer provides good mixing with very goodbaseline stability.

Controller Unit required for operation of either
100-position or Double Microtiter Peltier trays.
Description

Part No.

Peltier Temperature Controller

N2930036

100-Position Peltier Temperature-Controlled Tray Accessory

N2930035

BACK TO SECTION INDEXHigh Pressure
Analytical Static Mixers

Description

Part No.

250 μL In-Line High Pressure Mixer Assembly, Stainless Steel

N2911202

350 μL In-Line High Pressure Mixer Assembly, Stainless Steel

N2911205

500 μL In-Line High Pressure Mixer Assembly, Stainless Steel

N2911203

Binary High Pressure T-Mixer, Stainless Steel, 50 μL

N2911212

Binary High Pressure T-Mixer, Stainless Steel, 350 μL

N2911210

Binary High Pressure T-Mixer, Stainless Steel, 500 μL

N2911211

T-connector, Stainless Steel

N2911127

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

44

LC ACCESSORIES
LX-50 Instrument Spares

LX-50 Instrument Spares
The PerkinElmer QSight® LX50 UHPLC system is the perfectcomplement to QSight LC/MS/MS platform. Featuring a highprecision autosampler, an advanced UHPLC solvent delivery
module and a flexible column temperature module, the QSight
LX50 UHPLC delivers the performance required for even the mostdemanding analyzes.

QSight LX50 Precision Sampling Module

QSight LX50 Solvent Delivery Module

Description

Part No.

Description

Part No.

Valco Ferrule, 1/16" (pkg. 10)

N2992100

Seal Replacement Tool

N2991100

Valco Nut, 1/16" (pkg. 10)

N2992101

Hastelloy Steel Tubing, 1/16" Pump-to-Pump

N2991101

Sample Needle, Stainless Steel

N2992102

Stainless Steel Tubing, 1/16" Valve-to-Purge Pump A

N2991102

7 µL Sample Needle, PEEKsil

N2992103

Stainless Steel Tubing, 1/16" Valve-to-Mixer

N2991103

500 µL Tefzel Buffer Tubing

N2992104

Stainless Steel Tubing, 1/16" Valve-to-Purge Pump B

N2991104200 µL Tefzel Buffer Tubing

N2992105

Hastelloy Steel Tubing, 1/16" Pump A-to-Valve

N2991105

QSight Valve Rotor Seal for UHPLC Injection Valve

N2932001

Hastelloy Steel Tubing, 1/16" Pump B-to-Valve

N2991106

Nut, 1/16" for Collapsible Ferrule

N2992108

Piston Cartridge Replacement Kit

N2991107

Collapsible Ferrule

N2992109

Flangless Nut + Ferrule, Brown, 1/8" (pkg. 10)

N2991108

100 µL Syringe with Metal Screw Connection

N2992110

Flangless Nut+Ferrule, Black, 1/8" (pkg. 10)

N2991109

250 µL Syringe with Metal Screw Connection

N2992111

Flangless Nut+Ferrule, 1/16" (pkg. 10)

N2991110

200 µL Stainless Steel Valco Loop

N2936061

High Pressure Seal

N2991111

10 µL Stainless Steel Valco Loop

N2936057

Check Valve Cartridge, Single

N2991112

20 µL Stainless Steel Valco Loop

N2936058

Outlet Filter, 2 µm

N2991113

50 µL Stainless Steel Valco Loop

N2936059

PM Kit Pump, 120 Liters or Yearly

N2991114

Peek One-Piece Hex-Head Nut

N2992117

PM Kit Pump, 60 Liters

N2991115

Inlet Check Valve Housing Assembly

N2991120

Outlet Check Valve Housing Assembly

N2991121

Rotor Seal, Purge Valve 20.000psi

N2991128

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

45

LC ACCESSORIESQSight LC/MS/MS System Spares

QSight LC/MS/MS System Spares
Ion Source Accessories

PerkinElmer’s QSight LC/MS/MS provides a high sensitivity
triple quadrupole solution thatenables high levels of efficiency
and productivity to meetboth standard and regulatory
requirements.
™

Description

Part No.

ESI Source Needle

BC004866F

APCI Source Needle

BC004868F

Tuning Solutions
Description

Part No.

100-200 Series Tuning Solution

BC004850

LC Infusion Kit

BC002931

Features and Benefits• Self-cleaning StayClean™ technology• Dual-source ion probes for flexible method development• Easy-to-use and learn Simplicity™ software to streamline workflow

Noise Enclosure and Reduction CoverLaboratories can be loud and noise in labs is distracting, stressful
and potentially harmful to your hearing. While noise in labs may
not be frequently talked about, it is something you should beconcerned with.
Noise enclosure for SC40 and reduces perceived operator noiselevel by approximately 4 to 5 dB (A) Fits on MZ321147.
Description

Part No.

Depth(in./cm)Width(in./cm)

Height(in./cm)

Height with Oil
Tray (in./cm)

Enclosure
Weight (lbs/kg)

Oil Tray
Weight (lbs/kg)

Noise Enclosure Including Dolly

MZ321146

29.15/74

16.75/42.5

23.25/59

26.97/68.5

30.8/1416.75/8

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

46

LC ACCESSORIESQSight LC/MS Accessories

Genius Gas Generators
With curated and dedicated gas solutions for PerkinElmer, PEAK Scientific has developed optimal performing gas generators for your lab. The
generators are engineered for your instrument to deliver the consistent flow and purity you demand, at the push of a button. If you’re looking
for a gas generator that you can rely on, is cost efficient, and highly efficient in streamlining your workflow – look no further than PEAK. With
training and certification from PEAK, our PerkinElmer engineers are prepared for available services from installation, preventative maintenance,and general needs, we’ve got you covered worldwide. With us, you can be assured your lab is running smoothly – day to day, analysis to analysis.

Genius XE QSDGenius 1025

Nitrogen and Air Generator for PerkinElmer
QSight® Dual Source LC/MS/MS

Nitrogen and Air Generator for
PerkinElmer Instrumentation

Advanced technology coupled with robustfeatures, Genius XE QSD provides a quality
standalone nitrogen solution custom
designed to meet the requirements of our
QSight Dual Source LC/MS/MS.

With up to 15 L/min of LC/MS grade nitrogen and up to 35 L/
min of air being produced in a single output, the Genius 1025
was specifically designed to meet the requirements of our QSight
Triple Quad 110 and 210 Single Source LC/MS/MS systems.
This gas generator was outfitted using membrane technology
to produce LC/MS grade purity and an internal air dryer to be
an all-in-one solution.

Featuring dual outlets (nitrogen and air), the generator was built
to reduce size, noise, and heat emissions. Genius XE QSD has
been tested and validated by our trusted engineers for use with
the QSight and accompanied by factory pre-set pressures whichallows for flows to meet the precise demands of our system.
Features and Benefits• Multi-Stage Drying Filtration to efficiently remove moisture andcontaminants, providing a consistent quality of gas• Low environmental lab impact with low noise and heat emissions

Features and Benefits• S elf-contained solution with integrated compressors
so no need for an external air supply• E conomical and efficient source of nitrogen/dry air
with low lifetime running costs• E asy to use – gas at the push of a button•O ne year on-site warranty• Next-generation high performance premium compressors• Intuitive LED Service Indication• ECO (Electronic Compressor Optimisation™) technology
for low energy consumption and compressor durability• F ixed annual maintenance schedule•O ne year manufacturer’s warranty
Description

Genius XE QSDPart Number

N2800014

Nitrogen Maximum Flow

16 L/min @ 5.52 bar (0.57 cfm @ 80 psi)

Air Maximum Flow

67 L/min @ 7.58 bar (2.37 cfm @ 110 psi)

Dewpoint

Nitrogen ≤ -40 °C Dry Air ≤ -20 °C

Gas Outlets

2 x ¼” BSPP

Drain Outlet

1 x ¼” BSPP

Particles<0.01 μm

Phthalates

None

Suspended Liquids

None

Operating Temperature

15 °C (59 °F) to 30 °C (86 °F)

Electrical Requirements

220-240 V ± 10% 50/60 Hz

Power Consumption

1.64 kVA

Heat Output<5545 BTU

Noise Level

57dB(A) @ 1 m

Dimensions (HxWxD)

700 x 570 x 897 mm 27.6 x 22.5 x 35.4 in.

Weight153 kg

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Description

Genius 1025

Part Number

N2800012

Maximum Flow

Up to 15 L/min Nitrogen and up to 35 L/min
Dry Air

Min/Max Pressure

Up to 80 psi Nitrogen and up to 110 psi
Dry Air

Gas Outlets

2 x ¼” BSPP

Maximum Relative Humidity

80% Non-Condensing

Maximum Altitude2000 mParticles<0.01 μm

Phthalates

None

Suspended Liquids

None

Operating Temperature

5 °C (41 °F) to 30 °C (86 °F)

Electrical Requirements

230 V ± 10% 50/60 Hz 7A

Power Consumption<1,265 VA

Heat Output

3,925 BTU/Hr

Noise Level

57dB(A) @ 1m

Dimensions (HxWxD)

713 x 600 x 750 mm 28.1 x 23.7 x 29.6 in.

Weight108.5 kg / 239.3 lbs

Shipping Weight

137 kg / 302.1 lbs

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

47

LC ACCESSORIESQSight LC/MS Consumables

Ultra Clean Gas Filters and Kits for LC/MS
To meet the high flow needs of the LC/MS system, the hydrocarbon or moisture filled cartridges are positioned and placed in parallel.
The incoming gas stream is split equally between the cartridges and the two streams are re-joined after purification but before thegas exits the base plate. Get up and running with speed and benefit from increased sensitivity by removing unwanted moisture andhydrocarbons.

Ultra-High Capacity Hydrocarbon Filter Bundle

Ultra Clean Filter Base Plates for LC/MS

Up to 20 L/min ofhydrocarbon-free nitrogen
per minute.
CapacityHC

24 g (as n-butane)

Description

Specification

Outlet Gas Quality (%)> 99.9999

Maximum Pressure

15 bar (217 psi)

Maximum Flow

20 L/min

Usable For

Nitrogen

Dimensions

24 cm x Ø 4.4 cm

Weight0.26 Kg

Estimated Lifetime

3 to 6 months

Part No.

N9306823

Description

Qty.

Part No.

Ultra Clean Base Plate 1 Position – 1/8 in. Brass

1

N9306801

Ultra Clean Base Plate 1 Position – 1/8 in. Stainless Steel

1

N9306803

Ultra Clean Base Plate 2 Position – 1/8 in. Brass

1

N9306805

Ultra Clean Base Plate 2 Position – 1/8 in. Stainless Steel

1

N9306807

Ultra Clean Base Plate 3 Position – 1/8 in. Brass

1

N9306811

Ultra Clean Base Plate 3 Position – 1/8 in. Stainless Steel

1

N9306813

Replacement Filter Bundles for LC/MS
Description

Ultra-High Capacity Moisture Filter Bundle
High Flow moisturefilters are ideal for central
purifying solutions.
Moisture in carrier gas
lines will prematurely degrade oxygen and hydrocarbon traps andincrease detector noise. As a precaution, we highly recommend
installing a moisture trap before the hydrocarbon and oxygen
traps on all carrier gas lines.

Qty.

Part No.

Ultra Clean High Flow Hydrocarbon Filter Bundle:
Includes (2) High Flow Hydrocarbon Filters

1 Bundleof 2
Cartridges

N9306823

Ultra Clean High Flow Moisture Filter Bundle:
Includes (2) High Flow Moisture Filters

1 Bundleof 2
Cartridges

N9306824

Capacity
H2O
Description

14.4 gSpecification

Outlet Gas Quality (%)> 99.9999

Maximum Pressure

15 bar (217 psi)

Maximum Flow

20 L/min

Usable For

Inert carrier gas, He, H2, N2, Ar, Air

Dimensions

24 cm x Ø 4.4 cm

Weight0.26 Kg

Estimated Lifetime

3 to 6 months

Part No.

N9306824

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

48

LC ACCESSORIESQSight LC/MS Consumables
Ultra Clean Replacement Individual Cartridge Filters
for LC and LC/MSHigh Capacity
Hydrocarbon Trap

Description

Qty.

Part No.

Ultra Clean Moisture Filter

1

N9306814

Ultra Clean Oxygen Filter

1

N9306815

Ultra Clean Hydrocarbon Filter

1

N9306816

Ultra Clean Combi (Hydrocarbon/Moisture) Filter

1

N9306818

Description

Part No.

Ultra Clean Triple (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon)
Filter1

N9306819

High Capacity Hydrocarbon Trap

N9301208

Ultra Clean Triple (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon)
Helium-specific Filter

1

N9306820

Ultra Clean Triple (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon)
Hydrogen-specific Filter

1

N9306822

Base Plates
Ultra Clean High Flow
Base Plates for LC/MS
Description

Qty.

Part No.

Ultra Clean High Flow Base Plate 2 Position – 1/4 in.
Brass: Includes 1/4 in. Stainless Steel Particle Filter

1

N9306808• Eliminates potential hydrocarbon background to insure best
LC/MS results• Contains 750 cc of preconditioned activated charcoal• Stainless steel body. 1/4 in. brass compression fittings withferrules for installation• Maximum pressure 200 psi• Recommended flow rate up to 2 Liters/minute• Will remove hydrocarbon impurities (50 ppm or less) frominert gases, nitrogen and hydrogen at room temperature
to low ppb range• Capacity of 67 g of hydrocarbons C5 and heavier• 10 µm stainless steel porous frits protect gas stream
from particulates• Individually helium leak tested. Shipped filled with helium• 2 in. OD x 20 in. L (including fittings)• Weight 3.5 lb/1.6 kg• Maximum flow rate 57 SLPM, reduces hydrocarbons< 5 ppb at outlet

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

49

LC ACCESSORIES
Series 200 Instrument Spares

Series 200/785A and
Series 200 EP Flow Cells

UV/VIS Detector Lamps
Description
Series 200/200a, 785A UV/VIS Detector Lamps

These flowcells provide the highest detection limits possible foryour sample. The 6 mm pathlength flowcell has been optimized
for lower-dispersion LC analysis and is the perfect choice whenusing narrowbore, 2.1 mm or microbore, 1 mm columns.
The 3 mm pathlength is the choice for semiprep LC to avoid
detector saturation at high-solute concentrations.

Size
8 mm x 12 µL

N2920149

Tungsten Lamp

N2920146

Refractive Index Detector Lamps
The Flexar Series 200/200a Refractive Index lamps, with its
deflection-type design, allows sensitive detection of thesecompounds with low noise and drift characteristics.

Part No.

Description

Part No.

Series 200/200a

29000542

02712273

Refraction Index (RI) Lamp

Flowcells for Series 200EP PDA Detectors
Flowcell

10 mm x 15 µL

N2920126

Flowcell Assembly

10 mm x 15 µL

N2920160

Photo Diode Array Detector Lamps
The Series 200/200a EP Photo Diode Array Detector provides true
UV/VIS detection and high resolution spectral data. The excellent
signal-to-noise characteristics make it ideally suited for lowvolume or low concentration samples.

Series 200 Pump Seal Kits
Description

Part No.

Components

Series 200 Standard Pressure Piston Seal Replacement Kit
Includes: Seals (4), Backup Rings and O-rings

N2910383

Series 200/200a EP

Micropump Piston Seal Replacement Kit
Includes: Seals and O-rings

N2910384

Part No.
N2925030

Deuterium Lamp (PDA)

Series 200 Detector Lamps
Our extensive quality control
and inspection process demands
the very best quality sources.
Choosing a PerkinElmer
deuterium, tungsten or xenon
source provides outstanding
ultraviolet and true visible
performance.

02712266

Deuterium Lamp

Flowcells for 785A and Series 200 UV/Vis Detectors
Flowcell

Deuterium Lamp
LC-295 UV/VIS Detector Lamps

UV/Vis and PDA Flowcells and Assemblies
Description

Part No.

Deuterium Lamp (PDA Plus)

09290900

Tungsten Lamp

N2922011

Series 200/200a
Deuterium Lamp

N2922046

Tungsten Lamp

N2922011

Fluorescence Detector Lamps

Series 200/200 EP
Photo Diode Array Detector Lamp

The major benefit afforded by fluorescence detection is
the inherent high sensitivity of the technique coupled withoutstanding specificity. The Series 200a Fluorescence Detector
provides signal to noise ratio of >700:1 from trace analysis
using a 150 W xenon source.
Components• Exceptional performance anywhere in the detector’s
190 – 700 nm wavelength range

Part No.

Series 200/200a
N2922082

Xenon Lamp

• Lamp changes are quick and easy due to a uniqueself-aligning lamp mount

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

50

LC ACCESSORIES
Series 200 Instrument Spares

Series 200 Seals, Pistons and Check Valves
Check valves, which include a sealing washer, are easy to install using the optional Torque Wrench kit. For all PerkinElmer pumps anintermediate check valve is required. The input check valve, which is identical, should be ordered.
Series 200 (6000 psi)
Description

Standard Stainless SteelPart No.

Micropump Stainless SteelPart No.

Biocompatible Titanium
Part No.

09923367†

09907338

1Standard High Pressure Piston Seal

09907324

1

High Pressure Piston Seal – Chemically Resistant09907345

2

High Pressure Piston with Seal Backup Ring

02542076

3High Pressure Piston Seal PTFE O-ring09902128

4

Low Pressure Piston Seal

5

Low Pressure Piston Seal Backup Guide Bushing02542313

6

High Pressure Piston

N2600124

N2600124

7

Low Pressure Piston

N2600104

N2600104

10

Outlet check Valve02540197†

09902128
09923366

09907339

02540197

N2600192* Refer to Users Manual for complete illustrated parts list.
†
High Pressure Piston Seal Backup ring (2) is included with the Standard High Pressure Piston Seal (1).
Refer to page 158 for exploded diagram details.

Series 200 Maintenance
Kits and Tools

Series 200 PEEK
Sample Loops

Description

Part No.

Biocompatible Piston Seal Replacement Kit
Includes: Four Seals, Backup Rings, and O-rings

N2910385

Piston Seal Replacement Kit
Includes: Four Seals, Backup Rings, and O-rings

N2910383

Pulse Compensator Repair Kit
Includes: Diaphragm, Elastomer Plug, and Seal

N2600313

Series 200 Pump Maintenance Kit
Includes: Fuses, Seals, O-rings, and Seal Tools

N2910345

Micropump Piston Seal Replacement Kit

N2910384

Seal Removal Tool

N2601295

PEEK Sample Loop

100 µL

N2936077

Insertion Tool

N2601503

PEEK Sample Loop

500 µL

N2936079

BACK TO SECTION INDEXFor Series 200/225 LC Autosamplers(up to 6,200 psi operation)
These loops are compatible with all standard Series 225
autosamplers. PEEK loops cannot be used above 6,200 psi
operation therefore are NOT compatible with standard
Flexar autosamplers.
Description

SizePart No.

PEEK Sample Loop

50 µL

N2936076

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

51

LC ACCESSORIESGeneral LC Accessories

Rheodyne Valves

Rheodyne Valves
Spare Parts

Bio Injection Valve
Model 9725 is inert and well-suited to the chromatographyof ­biological molecules, including applications with aggressive
mobile phases. This valve is useful in all applications in which
metal contact with the mobile phase and or sample should be
avoided. This valve uses PEEK vent lines and a PTFE rotor seal
and can be operated in a pH range from 0 – 14.
Description

Part No.

9725 Injection Valve for Series 200 Autosampler

N9306020

Description

Model 9725
Part No.

Model 7725
Part No.

Rotor Seal Vespel

09904802

09904802

PEEK

N9306044

N9306044

4

Stator Face Assembly
PEEK and Ceramic

N9306047

N9306047

5

Stainless Steel Titanium

3

N9306045

Rheodyne™ 8125 Low-Dispersion
Stainless Steel Injection Valve
Ideal for use in an LC/MS system, the model 8125 is designed
for 1 and 2 mm microbore columns and can also be used withconventional analytical (3 to 5 mm) columns. Small flow passages
produce low dispersion, maintaining the high mass sensitivity
inherent in micro columns.
Description

Part No.

8125 Low-Dispersion Stainless Steel Injection Valve

N9306021

Knob assembly
Set screws
Handle screw

HandleRheodyne™ 7725 Analytical Injection Valve
Inject from 1 µL to 5 mL with high accuracy and precision,
with the Rheodyne 7725 and 7725i valves. Rheodyne 7725 and7725i valves are versatile injectors and can use both partial-fillingand complete-filling methods for loading the sample loop. Wide
port angles of the 7725/7725i valve provide improved access tofittings. Sample loop with a 2 µL internal capacity is also available.
In a clean system, the 7725/7725i typically can make more than
30,000 injections before requiring replacement of the rotor seal.
Description

Part No.

7725 Injection Valve for Series 200 Autosampler

N9306019

7725i Injection Valve with Internal Switch

N9306017

Body

Thrust bearing

Rotor pin
Seal pins
Bearing ring
Isolation seal
3

Stator ring4

Microsyringes(for manual injection)

Set screws
5

Stator screws

Rheodyne Injection Valve

Syringes are used for accurate and precise liquid delivery. Eachsyringe is hand-fitted to assure maximum accuracy. Our syringes arecomposed of glass barrels and precision stainless steel needles. The
needle features a blunt tip, required for use with a Rheodyne injector.
Description

Part No.

10 µL Syringe

09904937

50 µL Syringe

09904941

100 µL Syringe

09904822

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

52

LC ACCESSORIESGeneral LC Accessories

PEEK Sample Loops for Rheodyne Valves
PEEK Sample Loops avoid many of the problems associated with stainless steel sample loops. Metal loops will often absorb sample
components resulting in inaccurate quantitative results. In addition, metal loops may be corroded by high-salt buffers and chloride
salts. Sample Loops are made from PEEK tubing and fittings. PEEK (Poly-Ether-Ether-Ketone) is a mechan­ically strong, chemically inert
polymer ideal for HPLC applications where metal surfaces may interact with mobile phase or sample components. Each Sample Loopis supplied with two PEEK hex-head nuts and ferrules. These fittings grip the tubing in two locations for a more reliable connection.
Description

Model 9725
Part No.

50 µL PEEK Sample Loop

N9306036

200 µL PEEK Sample Loop

N9306038

2 mL PEEK Sample Loop

N9306041

Injector Valve Rotor
Seals for both Series 200
Autosampler andManual Injectors
For both the Rheodyne and Flom valves, rotor seals should beperiodically replaced every 6 months to a year and are available
in PEEK. For the Rheodyne valve, they are also available in
Vespel. PEEK is more inert towards amines and other basic
biomolecules/pharmaceuticals, exhibiting less sample carryover.
However, Vespel is more resilient than PEEK, providing better
wear life.
Description

Part No.

Flom Rotor Seal PEEK N9306068

00890873

Rheodyne 7725 Vespel Rotor Seal

09904802

Rheodyne 7725/9725 PEEK Rotor Seal

N9306044

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Stainless Steel Sample
Loops for 7725 Valve
Description

Model 7725
Part No.

20 μL Stainless Steel Sample Loop

N9306025

100 μL Stainless Steel Sample Loop

N9306027

200 μL Stainless Steel Sample Loop

N9306028

Note: Loops are compatible with both manual valves and Series 200 Autosampler valves.

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

53

LC ACCESSORIESGeneral LC Accessories

Solvent Sparger
and Solvent Filters
Solvent filters remove unwanted
particulate matter from the LC
instrument. Spargers connect directly tothe solvent delivery line and are easily
removed for cleaning. The scavenger
column is ideal for eliminating particulatematerial from solvents.

TubingTubing Accessories
Clean-Cut™ tubing tool
is designed to cut PTFE, Tefzel®
and polymers in general but,in particular, PEEK tubing. A unique safety locking mechanism
secures the blade when not in use.
Solvent Filters

Solvent Spargers, Filters and Scavengers
Description

SizePart No.

Description

Part No.

Clean-Cut Tubing Cutter

ED020015

Cable/Tubing clip (U-Shaped)

NX598006

Stick-on Tubing Organizer (Gray Plastic)

NX598006

PEEK Tubing Cutter, Incl. 5 Extra Blades

N9307820

Solvent Reservoir Sparger
Stainless Steel

10 µm

09903610

PEEK Tubing

Titanium

10 µm

N2600070

Stainless Steel

40 µm

09903615

PEEK tubing has the strength required to withstand continuous
use at HPLC pressure without swelling or bursting. Use PEEK
with virtually any organic or inorganic liquid. PEEK tubing is notaffected by halide salts, high-strength buffers or other aggressive
mobile phases that degrade stainless steel.

Solvent Filters/Scavengers
09903606

In-Line Solvent Filter System
In-Line Solvent Filter Replacement Kit

02540311

In-Line Solvent Filter System, Titanium

N2600259

Replacement 2 µm Titanium Filter Element

N2601477

Replacement Seal for In-Line Solvent Filter

N2601262

Spheri-5 C18 10 μm Scavenger Column (pkg. 5)02580202

LC System Accessories
Drain Cup

N2916085

Tubing Clip (U-shaped, Polypropylene)

NX598006

Manual Injector Bracket (Magnetic Clip-on)

N2931275

Description

SizePart No.

1⁄16 in. OD x 0.007 in. ID

5 ft

N93026781⁄16 in. OD x 0.010 in. ID

5 ft

N9302650

1⁄16 in. OD x 0.004 in. ID (Black)

50 cm

N2916200

1⁄16 in. OD x 0.005 in. ID (Red)

50 cm

N2916059

Stainless Steel Tubing
Tubing is pre-cut and mirror-polished in 316 stainless steel.

SS-316 Tubing

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Description

SizePart No.

1⁄16 in. OD x 0.043 in. ID

6 ft

00873035

1⁄16 in. OD x 0.015 in. ID

6 ft

00873036

1⁄16 in. OD x 0.007 in. ID

3 ft

025408381⁄16 in. OD x 0.007 in. ID

20 cm

02711441

1⁄16 in. OD x 0.007 in. ID

50 cm

00891480

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

54

LC ACCESSORIESGeneral LC Accessories

Fittings and Ferrules

Vacuum Degassing Kits

High-Performance Fingertight Fittings
This PEEK Fingertight® fitting is the toughestwith regard to chemical resistance andpressure. This high-performance Fingertightfitting is recommended for the mostdemanding applications and will resist
pressures up to 6,000 psi (400 bar). Made from a single pieceof PEEK, the size permits tightening without tools.
Description

Part No.

PEEK One-Piece Fingertight Fitting®

ED020005

Fittings, Nuts and Ferrules
Stainless steel nuts are available in both Parker-Hannifin and
Rheodyne™ formats. The nuts are used to connect 1/16 in.
OD stainless steel tubing and feature a 10 – 32 thread size.
PerkinElmer also offers select SSI fittings for 1/16 in. OD tubing
in 1/4 – 28 thread size.

On-Line Vacuum Degasser Kit
This is a low-volume, high efficiency on-line module for theremoval of dissolved gasses from HPLC solvents. The vacuum
degasser is available in 3 and 5 channel models to support
isocratic, binary and quaternary pumps as well as degassing ofautosampler flush solvent.
Description

Part No.

Binary Bottle Cap Kit.
Includes: two Caps, Tubing, Fittings and Labels
required for two Solvent Bottles

N2600522

Quatenary Bottle Cap Kit.
Includes: four Caps, Tubing, Fittings and Labels
required for four Solvent Bottles

N2600523

Liquid Chromatography Laboratory Bottle Kits

Stainless Steel Fittings
Description

Part No.

Kel-F Ferrule, 1⁄16 in.*

09920382

Tefzel Nut, 1⁄16 in.*

09920381

Parker-Hannifin Nut and Ferrule Kit, 1⁄16 in.
Includes: 6 Nuts and 6 Ferrules

00890945

Parker-Hannifin Zero-Dead-Volume Union with Nuts and Ferrules

09903289

Parker-Hannifin Medium-Stem Stainless Steel Nut

N2916202

Rheodyne™ Ferrule, 1⁄16 in.

09904947

Rheodyne™ Nut, 1⁄16 in. Long Body

09904974

Rheodyne Nut, 1⁄16 in. Short Body

09904956

Rheodyne™ Nut and Ferrule Kit, 1⁄16 in.
Includes: 6 Ferrules, 3 Short Nuts and 3 Long Nuts

02540274

Tefzel Nut (for Reverse Ferrule), 1⁄8 in.*

N2601189

Tefzel Nut, 1⁄16 in.*

09920381

Valco Ferrule09903891

OptiTech Reusable Nut/Ferrule for UHPLC(Fingertight to 15K psi)

N9306301

OptiTech Ferrule Replacements for UHPLC (pkg. 10)

N9306300

UHPLC 1⁄16 in. Reusable Fitting

N9307800™

Using a solvent degassing system will extend the performance ofyour pump. PerkinElmer offers both vacuum degassing systems
that can handle all your degassing requirements.

Description

Part No.

1 Cap with PTFE Insert 1 Meter PTFE 1⁄8 in. Tubing
and 1 x 10 µm Stainless Steel Solvent Frit

N2601614* The Tefzel and Kel-F fittings above are only for low pressure use (under 400 psi).

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

55

LC ACCESSORIES
Starter Kits

Starter KitsUHPLC – General Starter Kit

HPLC – General Starter Kit

Description

Part No.

Description

Part No.

UHPLC – General Starter Kit

N2930801

HPLC – General Starter Kit

N2930802Contents

Qty./Pkg.

Part No.

Contents

Open-End Wrench

209907233

Open-End Wrench

209907233

Reversible (Slotted/Phillips) Screw Driver,
5.5 in.L x 0.4 in. W

1

N9301480

Reversible (Slotted/Phillips) Screw Driver,
5.5 in.L x 0.4 in. W

1

N9301480

Qty./Pkg.

Part No.

1⁄16 in. Valco Stainless Steel Ferrules

609903891

ZDV Parker-Hannifin Stainless Steel Union

1

09903289

Finger-Tight Fittings, PEEK, 5.5K psi Max (pkg. 5)

1

N9307822

Medium-Stem Parker-Hannifin Stainless Steel Nut

1009903980

Nut/Ferrule-Ti Hybrid(Hand-Tight Fitting to 13K psi, Wrench-tight to 20K psi)

1

N9306301

1⁄16 in. Parker-Hannifin Stainless Steel Ferrule

1000873032

609903891

209920381

1⁄16 in. Valco Stainless Steel Ferrules

1⁄16 in. Tefzel Nuts

209904956

1⁄16 in. Tefzel Reverse Ferrules

209920382

Rheodyne Stainless Steel Nut, Short Stem

209904974

4

N2601189

Rheodyne Stainless Steel Nut, Long Stem

1⁄8 in. Tefzel Nuts

409904947

PEEK Tubing Cutter (Includes 5 Extra Blades)

1

N93078201⁄16 in. Rheodyne Stainless Steel Ferrule

209920381

5 ft. x 0.004 in. ID 1⁄16 in. PEEK Tubing, Black

1

N2916261

1⁄16 in. Tefzel Nuts

2

09920382

1

N2916263

1⁄16 in. Tefzel Reverse Ferrules

5 ft. x 0.005 in. ID 1⁄16 in. PEEK Tubing, Red

4

N2601189

30 mL Priming Syringe

109904849

1⁄8 in. Tefzel Nuts

609920513

1

N9300701

Finger-Tight Fittings, PEEK, 4K psi Max

2 mL Clear Write-On Vials w/ 9 mm Pre-Slit
PTFE/Silicone Caps (pkg. 100)

PEEK Tubing Cutter (Includes 5 Extra Blades)

1

N9307820

Cable/Tubing Organizer Clip

3

NX598006

50 cm x 0.005 in. ID 1⁄16 in. Stainless Steel Tubing

102507060

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

50 cm x 0.007 in. ID 1⁄16 in. Stainless Steel Tubing

200891480

5 ft. x 0.007 in. ID 1⁄16 in. PEEK Tubing, Yellowish-Tan

1

N9302650

5 ft. x 0.005 in. ID 1⁄16 in. PEEK Tubing, Red

1

N2916263

30 mL Priming Syringe

109904849

2 mL Clear Write-On Vials w/ 9 mm Pre-Slit
PTFE/Silicone Caps (pkg. 100)

1

N9300701

Cable/Tubing Organizer Clip

3

NX598006

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

56

GC COLUMNSGC Columns

Blood Alcohol Columns

PerkinElmer offers a wide selection of superior quality
products designed to work with your PerkinElmer instruments.
Our precision designed products deliver the peace of mind thatcomes from knowing that you’ll get the results you need.

The Elite-BAC Advantage
columns are optimized forselectivities guaranteed toresolve ethanol, internal
standards, and frequently
encountered interferences.

Quick Reference Index

Page

Cross Reference Charts

60-61

GC Capillary Column Cutter
GC Columns for GC/MS

59
68-71

Elite-1ms

68

Elite-5ms

69

Elite-17ms

70

Elite-624ms

71

General Purpose GC Columns

62-67

Elite-1

62

Elite-562

Elite-1763

Elite-200

63

Elite-624

64

Elite-1301

65

Elite-1701

65

Elite-WAX, Elite-MWAX

66

Elite-WAX ETR

67High Temperature GC Columns

72

Miscellaneous Accessories

77

Speciality Columns

73

Elite-VMS

74
74-75

	Elite-60876	Elite-PONA, Elite-FFAP, Elite-5 Amine,
Elite-2330/Elite-23, Elite-2560

76

PLOT Columns

The Elite range of MS
columns are engineeredfor extremely low
bleed for MS detectors,
providing optimum
sensitivity. They cover awide range of polarities
and applications.

GC Column
CutterPerkinElmer’s capillary column cutting toolensures you make a perfect cut of your GC
column, first time, every time. The rotating
diamond blade with a built in magnifier toverify a square cut, affords a precise clean
cut of fused silica columns.

73-77

Elite-BAC Advantage

Elite-Volatiles, Elite-CLPesticides

Elite MS Columns

Elite Guard Columns
Using the Elite-Guard or the Elite-Siltek Guard Column
lengthens the life of the capillary column and improves
the analyte focusing.

77

CLICK THE ARROWSTO VIEW EACH PAGE

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

57

GC COLUMNSGC Instruments

Clarus® 590/690 GC
Sensitive, high-capacity, high-throughput
GC systems delivering the power andfunctionality needed to meet youranalytical goals. A robust autosampler
delivers easy access to two injector ports,
while the Clarus 690’s patented highperformance oven delivers the fastest
heat-up and cool-down of any ovenin the business.

TurboMatrix™ Headspace andHeadspace Trap
TurboMatrix Headspace andhigh-sensitivity Headspace Trap
samplers provide unparalleled
precision and ease of use for numerous
GC or GC/MS volatile-analysis applications.
Different models offering a range ofcapacities are available to satisfy therequirements of virtually any laboratory.

Torion® T-9 Portable GC/MS
The world's smallest portable GC/MS,
Torion T-9 allows you to test samples
where hazardous events occur: No sample
processing, packaging, and prep time.
You simply respond, collect, analyze,
and identify in the field. And that means
remedial action 70 times faster than withconventional labs.

Clarus® SQ 8 GC/MS

TurboMatrix Thermal Desorbers

With the flexibility to choose your levelof sensitivity and dynamic range, theClarus SQ 8 GC/MS eliminates backgroundnoise, maximizes analyte signals, andenables you to reconfigure between
EI and CI, simply and quickly.

The five different TurboMatrix Thermal
Desorbers allow you to match throughput
and technology to your laboratory
and applications needs. Use this clean
technique to simplify and speed up a wide
range of GC applications.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

58

GC COLUMNS
Column Selection, Guards, and Cutters

Finest Quality High-Strength Fused Silica
Why Choose Fused Silica?
Many factors influence the quality of a column. Fused silica isconsidered to be the purest form of glass, with fewer metaloxides (Lewis acid sites) and hydrogen bonding (surface silanol)groups. The stationary phase is cross linked (polymerized) andalso bonded to the surface of the column to provide a highdegree of stability, resulting in lower bleeding of the stationary
phase at elevated temperatures. The superior inertness of thecolumn means that acidic and basic compounds can be analyzed
on the same column.

Selecting the Right Stationary Phase
The inherent efficiency (large number of theoretical plates) ofcapillary columns allows you to choose from relatively few typesof phases, compared to the many varieties of packed columns
previously required. Perhaps more importantly, because capillarycolumns are more efficient, you will see superior resolution
resulting in narrower, taller peaks that allow easier integrationfrom your data system. Identification of small peaks are facilitatedby a reduced baseline bleed and lower baseline noise. Non-polar
Elite-1 columns from PerkinElmer will preferentially retain nonpolar compounds, whereas the PerkinElmer Elite-200 column
phase provides high selectivity for analytes containing lonepair electrons, such as nitro and carbonyl groups. Elite-WAX
polyethylene glycol columns are highly selective toward polar
compounds such as alcohols.

Typically capillary columns are available in lengths from 15 to 105
meters. The longer the column the more resolving power, but thisalso increases the analysis time. Doubling a column length only
increases resolution by approximately 40%. Under isothermal
conditions, the analysis time will double if using temperature
programmed analysis retention times are more dependent on thetemperature than on the column length. We provide columns in
the most popular lengths of 5, 10, 12, 15, 25, 30, 50, 60, 75,
100 and 105 meters depending upon the column ID.

Elite Guard Columns
Using the Elite-Guard or the Elite-Siltek Guard Column lengthens
the life of the capillary column and improves the analyte
focusing. The 5 m length of deactivated uncoated fused silica
is connected to the inlet end of the capillary column and traps
nonvolatile residues, preventing them from collecting at thehead of the analytical column. This length of fused silica contains
no stationary phase adding only a minimal amount of time tothe analysis.

GC Capillary
Column Cutter
Use PerkinElmer’s capillary column cutting tool
to ensure a perfect cut of your GC column,
first time, every time. The rotating diamondblade with a built in magnifier to verify a squarecut, affords a precise clean cut of fused silica
columns. Suitable for use with 0.25 mm ID to
0.53 mm ID tubing, (0.78 mm OD maximum).

Description

Description

Part No.

Maintenance kit
Contains replacement cutting wheel,
O-rings and tool to open the cutter

N6107246

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

What Length Do I Need?

Tubing ID (mm)Length (m)Part No.

Elite Siltek Guard

0.32

5

N9316608

Elite Siltek Guard

0.53

5

N9316609

Elite Guard

0.25

5

N9316603

Elite Guard

0.32

5

N9316604

Elite Guard

0.53

5

N9316606

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

59

GC COLUMNSGC COLUMNS

Cross Reference

Cross Reference

Cross Reference Chart by Phase
PerkinElmer

Phase Composition

USP

Agilent®

Alltech®

Machery-Nagel®

Ohio Valley®

Phenomenex®

Quadrex®

Restek®

SGE®

Supelco®

Elite-1

Dimethyl polysiloxane

G1, G2, G38

HP-1, DB-1, CP-Sil 5 CB

007-1AT-1, EC-1

OPTIMA 1

OV-1

ZB-1

007-1

Rtx-1, Mtx-1

BP1

SPB-1

Elite-1ht

Dimethyl polysiloxane

G1, G2, G38

DB-1htAT-1htElite-1ms

Dimethyl polysiloxane (low bleed)

G1, G2, G38

HP-1, HP-1ms, HP-1msUI, DB-1, DB-1MS, DB-1msUI, Ultra-1, VF-1ms,
CP-Sil 5 CB

AT-1msOPTIMA 1 MS, OPTIMA
1 MS Accent

Elite-5Diphenyl dimethyl polysiloxane

G27, G36

HP-5, DB-5, CP-Sil 8 CB

EC-5, AT-5

OPTIMA 5

Elite-5ht

Diphenyl dimethyl polysiloxane

G27, G36

DB-5ht, VF-5ht

OPTIMA 5HT

Elite-5ms

1,4-bis(dimethylsiloxy)phenylene dimethyl
polysiloxane

G27, G36

DB-5ms, DB-5msUI, VF-5ms, CP Sil 8 CB MS

OPTIMA 5 MS Accent

Elite-17

Phenyl methyl polysiloxane

G3DB-17, CP Sil 24 CB

Elite-17ht

Phenyl methyl polysiloxane

G3DB-17ht

Elite-17ms

Phenyl methyl polysiloxane

G3HP-50+, DB-17, DB-17ht, DB-608, CP Sil 24 CB

Elite-35

Diphenyl dimethyl polysiloxane

G42

HP-35, DB-35, VF-35

Elite-35ms

Diphenyl dimethyl polysiloxane

G42

DB-35ms, DB35msUI

Elite-200

Trifluoropropylmethyl polysiloxane

G6DB-210, DB-200, VF-200ms

AT-210OPTIMA 210

Elite-225

Cyanopropylmethyl phenylmethyl polysiloxane

G7, G19

DB-225ms, CP Sil 43 CB

AT-225OPTIMA 225

OV-225

Elite-624

Cyanopropylphenyl dimethyl polysiloxane

G43

DB-1301, DB-624, VF-624ms, CP-1301

AT-624, AT-1301

OPTIMA 1301, OPTIMA
624

OV-624

Elite-624ms

Unique phase

G43

DB-624, VF-624ms, CP-Select 624 CB

Elite-1301

Cyanopropylphenyl dimethyl polysiloxane

G43

DB-1301, DB-624, VF-1301ms, VF-624ms, CP-1301

AT-624, AT-1301

OPTIMA 1301, OPTIMA
624

OV-1301

ZB-624007-1301, 007-624

Elite-1701

Cyanopropylphenyl dimethyl polysiloxane

G46

DB-1701R, DB-1701, CP Sil 19 CB, VF-1701ms, VF-1701 Pesticides

AT-1701

OPTIMA 1701

OV-1701

ZB-1701, ZB-1701P

Elite-WAX

Polyethylene glycol

G14, G15, G16, G20,
G39

DB-Wax, CP Wax 52 CB, VF WAX

AT-WAXms, EC-WAX

OPTIMA WAX

Carbowax 20M

ZB-WaxElite-WAX ETRPolyethylene glycol

G14, G15, G16, G20,
G39

HP-INNOWax, CP Wax 52 CB, VF-WAX MS

AT-WAXOPTIMA WAX plus

ZB-1HTinferno

AT-50

OV-5

007-1

Rxi-1ms

BP-1

SPB-1, Equity-1

ZB-5

007-5

Rtx-5

BP5

SPB-5

Rxi-5HTHT5

007-5MS

Rxi-5Sil MS

BPX5

007-17

Rtx-50ZB-5HTinferno
OV-5MS

ZB-5msi

OV-17
OPTIMA 17

AT-35, AT-35ms

Rxi-1HT

ZB-1, ZB-1ms

ZB-50
OV-35

SPB-50

Rxi-17

ZB-35

OPTIMA 35 MS

SLB-5ms

007-35MR2

SPB-17

Rtx-35

BPX35,BPX608

Rxi-35Sil MS

BPX35

SPB-35,SPB-608

Rtx-200
ZB-624

OPTIMA 624 LB

007-225

Rtx-225

BP225

SPB-225

007-1301, 007-624

Rtx-624

BP624

SPB-624

Rxi-624Sil MS

BP624

Rtx-624

BP624

SPB-624

007-1701

Rtx-1701

BP10

Equity-1701

007-CW

Rtx-Wax

BP20

ZB-624

ZB-WaxPLUS

Stabilwax

Supelcowax-10

Cross Reference Chart by Application
PerkinElmer

Applications

Agilent®

Alltech®

Elite-23

cis/trans FAMEs and Dioxins

VF-23ms

AT-Silar90

Elite-502

Volatile analytes by EPA Method 502.2

DB-502.2

Elite-608

Semivolatile pesticides by EPA Method 608

DB-608, HP-608

Elite-2560

cis/transFAMEs

HP-88, CP Sil 88

Elite-Alumina PLOT

Light hydrocarbons

Alumina PLOT

Elite-BAC 1 Advantage

Blood alcohol testing

DB-ALC1ZB-BAC1

Elite-BAC 2 Advantage

Blood alcohol testing

DB-ALC2ZB-BAC2Elite-CLPesticides

Organochlorine pesticides by EPA Methods 504, 608, 8081, 8082, and CLP

DB-CLP1

Rtx-CLPesticides

DB-CLP2

Rtx-CLPesticides 2

Rtx-200

Stabilwax-DA

BP-21

Nukol

Rtx-DHABP1PONA

Petrocol DH

Elite-CLPesticides2

Organochlorine pesticides by EPA Methods 504, 608, 8081, 8082, and CLP

Elite-Cyclosil B

Chiral separations

Elite-FFAP

Free fatty acids

HP-FFAP, DB-FFAP,
CP WAX58 CB, CP-FFAP CB

Elite-Molesieve PLOT

Permanent gases

Elite-PONA

Detailed analysis of petroleum naphtha

Elite-Carbon

Permanent gases and light hydrocarbons

Elite-SimDist

Simulated Distillation and Hydrocarbons – ASTM 2887

Elite-THP

Total petroleum hydrocarbons

Elite-VMS

Volatiles Organic Pollutants by GC-MS for EPA Methods 8260,624,524

Unique Phase

Elite-VRX

Volatile analytes by EPA Methods 502.2, 601, 602, 8010, 8020

DB-VRX

Elite-XLB

Polychlorinated biphenyl analytes by EPA Methods 8082, 6008, PCB congeners

DB-XLB, VF-XMS

BACK TO SECTION INDEXMachery-Nagel®

Ohio Valley®

Phenomenex®

Quadrex®
007-23

BACK TO MAIN INDEX

SGE®

Supelco®

BPX70

SP-2330, SP-2331, SP-2380

Rtx-502.2

VOCOL

007-608

SPB-608
Rt-2560

AT-AquaWax DA,
AT-1000

PERMABOND FFAP, OPTIMA
FFAP, OPTIMA FFAP Plus

OV-351ZB-FFAPHP-PONA, DB-Petro,
CP Sil PONA CB
DB-2887, CP SimDist

Restek®

AT-2887

ORDER ONLINE

Rtx-BAC Plus 1
Rtx-BAC Plus 2

Rtx-2887

MR1, ZB-XLB

60

BACK TO SECTION INDEXSPB-2560

Petrocol 2887, Petrocol
EX2887

Rxi-XLBBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

61

GC COLUMNS
General Purpose GC Columns

Elite-1
The Elite-1 100% dimethyl polysiloxane columns is a highly versatile, non-polar, cross-linked general purpose
phase that is rugged, exhibiting long column lifetime, low bleed, and high maximum operating temperatures.
Features

Applications• Temperature Range: -60 °C to 350 °C• Ideal for analysis of non-polar
petrochemical samples• Equivalent to USP G1, G2, and G38 phases• Also excellent for solvents, chemicals, flavors& fragrances, air toxins and pesticides

ID
(mm)
0.25
0.32

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

15 m
Part No.

30 m
Part No.

0.25-60 to 330/350

N9316007

N9316010

N9316013

1.00-60 to 320/340

N9316008

N9316011

N9316014

0.25-60 to 330/350

N9316017

N9316023

N9316028

0.50-60 to 330/350

N9316021

1.00-60 to 320/340

N9316024

3.00-60 to 280/300

N9316025

3.00-60 to 280/300

1

1N9316029

N9316050

1.50

0.53

60 m
Part No.

N9316030
N9316031

0.15-60 to 320/340

N9316045

0.50-60 to 310/330

N9316049

1.50-60 to 310/330

N9316046

5.00-60 to 270/290

N9316053
N9316050

N9316054

N9316052

N9316021: Elite-1, 25M x 0.32 mm x 0.52 µm.

EIite-5
The Elite-5 is a 5% diphenyl/95% dimethyl polysiloxane stationary phase. It is regarded as a general purpose, low polarity phase thatis the most popular GC stationary phase used for a wide variety of applications. A crosslinked phase in which all residual catalysts andlow molecular weight fragments have been removed providing a tight mono-modal distribution and extremely low bleed.
Features

Applications• Temperature Range: -60 °C to 350 °C• Drugs, pesticides and solvent impurities• Equivalent to USP G27 and G36 phases• Hydrocarbons and PCBs
• Essential oils and semivolatiles

ID
(mm)
0.25
0.32
0.53

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

15 m
Part No.

0.25-60 to 330/350

N9316073

1.00-60 to 320/340

20 m
Part No.

30 m
Part No.
N9316076

50 m
Part No.

60 m
Part No.
N9316079

N9316077

0.25-60 to 330/350

N9316086

N9316090

1.00-60 to 320/340

N9316087

N9316091

1.50-60 to 310/330

N9316100

N9316103

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

N9316082

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

62

GC COLUMNS
General Purpose GC Columns

Elite-17
The Elite-17 columns are general purpose, mid-polarity, (50%-phenyl)-methylpolysiloxane phases and incorporates a crosslinking
technology for very low bleed and long column lifetimes.
Features

Applications• Temperature Range: 40 °C to 330 °C• Herbicides and pesticides• Equivalent to USP G3 phase• Phthalate esters, sterols and rosin acids

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

30 m
Part No.

0.53

1.00

40 to 260/280

N9316136

Elite-200
Elite-200 columns are comprised of a (trifluoropropyl)-methylpolysiloxane stationary phase that has a unique selectivity which changes
elution orders and resolves compounds that phenyl, cyano, or Carbowax® phase cannot. These columns have accomplished manydifficult separations not possible on any other bonded stationary phase. It offers exceptional thermal stability, low bleed, and superior
inertness – even for active compounds such as phenols, and with sensitive detectors such as ECDs, NPDs, and MSDs. It is often used forthe confirmation of phenols, nitrosamines, organochlorine pesticides, chlorinated hydrocarbons, and chlorophenoxy herbicides when
paired with an Elite-5 column.
Features

Applications• Temperature Range: 40 °C to 320/340 °C• Solvents, fluorocarbons, ketones andphenols• Equivalent to USP G6 phase• Alcohols and drugs of abuse• Chlorinated herbicides and pesticides

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

30 m
Part No.

60 m
Part No.

0.32

1.00

-20 to 290/310

N9316630

N9316631

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

63

GC COLUMNS
General Purpose GC Columns

Elite-624
The Elite-624 column is a specially engineered, low to mid-polarity (6%-cyanopropylphenyl)-dimethylpolysiloxane phase. The uniquepolarity of this phase makes it ideal for analyzing volatile organic pollutants and it is recommended in U.S. EPA methods. The Elite-624
phase produces greater than 90% resolution of the first six gases in EPA Methods 8260 and 524.2. This stationary phase is especiallywell-suited for EPA Method 524.2 since it resolves 2-nitropropane from 1,1-dichloropropanone, which share quantification ion m/z 43
and must be separated chromatographically.
Features

Applications• Temperature Range: -20 °C to 240 °C• Volatile organic pollutants• Equivalent to USP G43 phase• EPA methods 524.2 and 8260

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

20 m
Part No.

30 m
Part No.

60 m
Part No.

0.18

1.00

-20 to 240

N9316200

0.20

1.12

-20 to 240

0.25

1.40

-20 to 240

N9316201

N9316202

0.32

1.80

-20 to 240

N9316203

N9316204

0.53

3.00

-20 to 240

N9316207

N9305699

75 m
Part No.

N9316208

PharmaEnvironmental

Residual solvents in pharmaceuticals by USP 467.

Analysis of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) in air
using US EPA Method TO-17.

Elite-624, 30 m x 0.32 mm x 1.8 μm, Part No. N9316203

Recommended Column: Elite-624, 60 m x 0.25 mm x 1.4 μm, Part No. N9316006

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

64

GC COLUMNS
General Purpose GC Columns

Elite-1301
The Elite-1301 column is a general purpose low to mid-polarity phase commonly used for the analysis of residual solvents, alcohols,
oxygenates and volatile organic compounds. Our polymer is fully characterized to ensure long-term reproducibility, column-to-column
consistency, and low bleed – even with sensitive detectors such as ECD and MS.
Features

Applications• Temperature Range: -20 °C to 280 °C• Residual solvents, alcohols• Equivalent to USP G43 phase• Oxygenates, VOCs

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

30 m
Part No.

0.25

0.25

-20 to 280

N9316214

0.32

1.00

-20 to 260/280

N9316221

Elite-1701
The Elite-1701 has a stationary phase of (14%-cyanopropylphenyl)-methylpolysiloxane. It is regarded as a good general purpose
column for the analysis of alcohols, oxygenates, and pesticides. The mix of cyano and phenyl functional groups increases the polarityand offers a different elution order relative to less polar Elite-1 or Elite-5 columns. An Elite-1701 column is ideal for confirmation
analysis in combination with an Elite-35 or Elite-5 column. The polymer is fully characterized to ensure long-term reproducibility,
column-to-column consistency, and low bleed – even with sensitive detectors such as ECD and MS.
Features

Applications• Temperature Range: -20 °C to 280 °C• Alcohols, oxygenates• Equivalent to USP G46 phase• PCB congeners, pesticides

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

30 m
Part No.

0.25

0.25

-20 to 280

N9316234

0.32

0.25

-20 to 280

N9316243

1.00-20 to 260/280

N9316244

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

60 m
Part No.

N9316248

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

65

GC COLUMNS
General Purpose GC Columns

Elite-WAX
The Elite-WAX column, a Polar Polyethylene Glycol (PEG) stationary phase column, is a general purpose polar PEG phase commonlyused for the analysis of polar compounds like alkenols, glycols and aldehydes. The operating temperature range up to 250 °C facilitates
the analysis of compounds that have a wide volatility range. Selectivity of the Elite-WAX is comparable to other Carbowax® columns forcompounds of intermediate to high polarity.
Features

Applications• Temperature Range: 20 °C to 250 °C• FAMEs, Glycols• Equivalent to USP G14, G15, G16, G20
and G39 phases• Alkenols, aldehydes, solvents

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

0.25

0.25

20 to 250

0.50

20 to 250

0.25

20 to 250

N9316412

N9316416

0.50

20 to 250

N9316413

N9316417

0.50

20 to 250

N9316428

1.00

20 to 240/250

0.32

0.53

15 m
Part No.

30 m
Part No.

60 m
Part No.

N9316403

N9316406
N9316407

N9316425

N9316427

Food and Flavor
The determination of low levels of benzene, toluene,
ethylbenzene, xylenes and styrene in olive oil.

Recommended Column: Elite-WAX, 30 m x 0.25 mm x 1.0 μm(Part No. N9316485)

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

66

GC COLUMNS
General Purpose GC Columns

Elite-WAX ETRThe Elite-WAX ETR (Extended Temperature Range) columns are manufactured with a special bonding process that binds the Carbowax®
polymer to the polar deactivated silica. This results in a low bleed WAX column that exhibits extended lifetimes even when repeatedly
heated to 250 °C. The bonding mechanism makes this column rugged enough to stand up to repeated water injections and allows
solvent washing to rejuvenate the column. The Elite-WAX ETR has a wide applicability including FAMEs, flavor compounds, acrolein/
acrylonitrile (EPA 603), oxygenated compounds, and impurities in water matrices.
Features

Applications• Temperature Range: 40 °C to 250 °C• FAMEs, flavor compounds, essential oils

• Equivalent to USP G14, G15, G16, G20
and G39 phases• Solvents, aromatics, alcoholic beverages• EPA method 603

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

0.25

0.25

40 to 250

N9316549

0.50

40 to 250

N9316550

0.25

40 to 250

N9316555

0.50

40 to 250

N9316556

1.00

40 to 240/250

1.00

40 to 240/250

N9316569

2.00

40 to 220/250

N9316570

0.32

0.53

15 m
Part No.

N9316554

30 m
Part No.

N9316557

50 m
Part No.

60 m
Part No.
N9316551

N9316560
N9316558

N9316561
N9316571

Food and Flavor
Determination of omega-3 (n-3) and omega-6 (n-6) fatty acidcomposition in evening primrose oil and flax seed oil.

Recommended Column: Elite-WAX, 30 m × 0.25 mm × 0.25 μm(Part No. N9316403)

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

67

GC COLUMNS
Columns for GC/MS

GC Columns for GC/MS
The Elite range of MS columns are engineered for extremely low bleed for MS detectors, providing optimum sensitivity.
They cover a wide range of polarities and applications.

Elite-1ms
The Elite-1ms phase is a non-polar phase, (crosslinked dimethyl polysiloxane) designed to be robust for MS applications. With improved
thermal stability and ultra low bleed provides increased sensitivity. It is regarded as a good general-purpose columns for arson
accelerants, essential oils, hydrocarbons, pesticides, PCB congeners (e.g., Aroclor mixes), sulfur compounds, amines andsolvent impurities.
Elite-1ms Structure

Features

Applications• Temperature range: -60 °C to 330/350 °C.

• Ideal for analysis of non polar petrochemical
samples• Equivalent to USP G1, G2, and G38 phases• Also excellent for solvents, chemicals, flavors& fragrances, air toxins and pesticides
100%

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

30 m
Part No.

60 m
Part No.

0.25

0.25

-60 to 330/350

N9305638

N9305639

0.32

0.25

-60 to 330/350

N9305647

1.00-60 to 330/350

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

N9305653

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

68

GC COLUMNS
Columns for GC/MS

EIite-5ms
The Elite-5ms phase (1,4-bis(dimethylsiloxy)phenylene dimethyl polysiloxane) incorporates a phenyl group in the polymer backbone
to improve thermal stability, reduce bleed and make the phase less prone to oxidation. This results in a phase that is inert to active
compounds with extremely low bleed to meet the requirements of sensitive MS detectors. It is a general purpose column ideal for GC/
MS analysis of semivolatiles, PAHs, chlorinated hydrocarbons, phthalates, phenols, amines, organochlorine and organophosphorus
pesticides, drugs and solvent impurities.
Features

Applications• Temperature Range: -60 °C to 350 °C• Drugs, pesticides and solvent impurities• Similar to USP G27 and G36 phases• Hydrocarbons and PCBs
• Essential oils and semivolatiles

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

30 m
Part No.

60 m
Part No.

0.18

0.18

-60 to 325/340

N93162761

N93162771

0.20

0.33

-60 to 330/350

0.25

0.25

-60 to 330/350

N9316282

0.50-60 to 330/350

N9316284

1.00-60 to 325/350

N9316283

N9316287
N9316297

0.32

1
2

N93163032

0.25-60 to 330/350

N9316293

0.50-60 to 330/350

N9316295

1.00-60 to 325/350

N9316294

N9316286

N9316298

The lengths of N9316276 and N9316277 are 20 m and 40 m, respectively.
The lengths of N9316301 and N9316303 are 12 m and 50 m, respectively.

Food and Flavor

Food

The qualitative characterization of fruit juice flavor using a
TurboMatrix Hs Trap and a Clarus SQ 8 GC/MS.

The preparation and analysis of polycyclic aromatichydrocarbons in meat by GC/MS.

Column: Elite-5ms column, 30 m x 0.25 mm x 0.25 μm, Part No. N9316282
Liner Deactivated Liner, Part No. N6502002

Recommended Column: Elite-5ms, 60 m x 0.25 mm x 1.0 μm, Part No. N9316287

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

69

GC COLUMNS
Columns for GC/MS

Elite-17ms
The Elite-17ms columns are general purpose, mid-polarity columns that are coated with a crosslinked, (50%-diphenyl)-dimethylpolysiloxane
engineered for very low bleed to meet the requirements of sensitive MS detectors.
Features

Applications• Temperature Range: 40 °C to 300/340 °C• Herbicides and pesticides• Equivalent to USP G3 phase• Phthalate esters, sterols and rosin acids

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

30 m
Part No.

0.25

0.25

40 to 300/320

N9316538

60 m
Part No.

Elite-35ms
The Elite-35ms columns are general purpose, mid-polarity columns offering extremely low bleed at higher temperatures. They arecoated with a unique blend of linked dimethyl polysiloxanes and diphenyl polysiloxanes that are inert and selective for substituted polar
compounds, such as drugs, pestcides, herbicides, PCBs and phenyls, while maintaining a similar selectivity and polarity as traditional
Elite-35 phases.

Features

Applications• Temperature Range: 50 °C to 340/ 360 °C• Pesticides and herbicides• Equivalent to USP G42 phase• PCBs

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

30 m
Part No.

0.25

0.25

50 to 340/360

N9305687

0.32

0.50

40 to 340/360

N9305695

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

70

GC COLUMNS
Columns for GC/MS

Elite-624ms
The Elite-624ms incorporates a unique proprietary blend of cyanopropyl and methyl siloxanes that results in a very inert, extremely
low bleed and high thermal stability column. This column provides excellent peak shape for a wide range of compounds and ishighly selective for residual solvents making it a great choice for USP<467>. These columns are manufactured for column-to-column
reproducibility, so they are well suited for validated methods.
Features

Applications• Temperature Range: -20 °C to 300/320 °C• Residual solvents• Similar to USP G43 phase• Suitable for USP 467• Ideal choice for USP method 467

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

20 m
Part No.

30 m
Part No.

60 m
Part No.

0.18

1.00

-20 to 300/320

N9315067

0.25

1.40

-20 to 300/320

N9315068

N9315066

0.32

1.80

-20 to 300/320

N9315069

N9315070

Industrial
Determination of nine carbonates in lithium ion battery
electrolyte by GC/MS.

Recommended Column: Elite-35ms, 30 m x 0.25 mm x 0.25 μm(Part No. N9316438)
Liner: Capillary splitless deactivated glass liners with deactivated wool (N9306235)

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

71

GC COLUMNSHigh Temperature GC Columns

High Temperature Columns
Available in a range of phases with varying polarity, the high temperature (ht) columns are specifically designed for reduced bleed
when operating at higher temperatures, up to 400 °C. The optimum higher operating temperatures varies by phase.

Elite-1ht

Elite-SimDist ht

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

0.25

0.10

-60 to 380/400

15 m
Part No.

30 m
Part No.
N9316269

Application: High-temperature simulated distillation
Phase: Metal Column, 100% dimethylpolysiloxane, non-polar

Elite-5ht
ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

15 m
Part No.

30 m
Part No.

0.25

0.10

-60 to 400

N9316272

N9316273

0.32

0.10

-60 to 400

N9316274

N9316275

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits(°C)

5m
Part No.

0.53

0.10

-60 to 450

NR2133146m
Part No.

Metal High Temperature Columns
Using our new metal capillary columns eliminates the risk of column breakage at higher operating temperatures. A range of phases areoffered, covering common applications. Rugged up to 450 °C although the exact upper temperature limits varies depending on phaseand column configurations.

Elite-1mht

Temp Limits(°C)

Inner Diameter
(mm)

df
(µm)

15 m
Part No.

-60 to 340/430

0.25

0.25

N9303454

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

72

GC COLUMNS
Speciality GC Columns

Elite-BAC Advantage: Blood Alcohol Content
The Elite-BAC Advantage columns are optimized for selectivities guaranteed to resolve ethanol, internal standards, and frequently
encountered interferences. These application-specific columns for blood alcohol analysis baseline separate all critical compounds,
including ethanol, methanol, acetone, tert-butanol, acetaldehyde, isopropanol, and n-propanol, in less than 2 minutes. Every
Elite-BAC 1 Advantage and Elite-BAC 2 Advantage column is qualified with a test mix containing these important BAC target
compounds to ensure reproducibility. These columns, baseline separate all blood alcohol compounds in blood, breath, or urine, inless than 2 minutes, under isothermal conditions. Isothermal analysis increases productivity by eliminating the need for oven cycling.
Confirmation is easily achieved with this tandem set because there are two elution order changes between the columns.
Features and Benefits• Robust and reproducible• Baseline separation of all components in less than 2 minutes• Stable to 260 °C

ClinicalClinicalElite-BAC 1 advantage.

Elite-BAC 2 advantage.
2

RT
(min)
0.912
0.967
1.158
1.420
1.548
1.688
1.969

PEAKS
1. Methanol
2. Acetaldehyde
3. Ethanol
4. Isopropanol
5. Acetone
6. tert-Butanol
7. 1-Propanol

1

Conc.
(µg/mL)
100
100
100
100
100
50
50

RT
(min)
0.809
0.861
1.034
1.119
1.181
1.304
1.658

PEAKS
1. Acetaldehyde
2. Methanol
3. Ethanol
4. Acetone
5. Isopropanol
6. tert-Butanol
7. 1-Propanol

4

Conc.
(µg/mL)
100
100
100
100
100
50
50

• Baseline resolution

5• Symmetrical peaks• Run time under 2 min
1

5

4

3

3
6

6

2
7

7

0.5

0.75

1

1.25

1.5

1.75

2

0.5

0.75

1

1.25

1.5

1.75

2

GC_CF

Column Type

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

10 m
Part No.

Elite-BAC 1 Advantage

0.18

1.00

-20 to 240/260

N9315075

0.32

1.80

-20 to 240/260

N9315071

0.53

3.00

-20 to 240/260

N9315072

0.18

0.34

-20 to 240/260

0.32

0.60

-20 to 240/260

Elite-BAC 2 Advantage

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEX

30 m
Part No.

N9315076
N9315073

ORDER ONLINE

73

GC COLUMNS
Speciality GC Columns

Elite-VMS
Elite-VMS columns offer lower bleed, better selectivity, and overall faster analysis for separating volatile organic compounds.
The stationary phase is a highly stable polymer that provides outstanding analysis of volatile compounds on MS detectors.
The 0.18 and 0.25 mm ID columns allow sample splitting at the injection port, eliminating the added expense and maintenanceof a jet separator. A 0.45 mm or 0.53 mm ID column can be directly connected to the purge-and-trap transfer line in a systemequipped with a jet separator.
ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

30 m
Part No.

60 m
Part No.

0.18

1.00

-40 to 240/260

N9316650

0.25

1.40

-40 to 240/260

N9316652

Features and Benefits• Temperature Range: -40 °C to 240/260 °C

1

N9316653

1 The lengths of N9316650 is 20 m.

• No known equivalent phases
Applications• Ideal for analysis of volatile organic pollutants by GC/MS• Suitable for EPA Method 8260B

Elite-Volatiles
The Elite-Volatiles stationary phase and optimized column dimensions provide low bleed, excellent resolution,and fast analysis times for volatile organic pollutants.
Features

Applications• Temperature Range: -20 °C to 240 °C• Volatile organic pollutants• Proprietary phase• Suitable for EPA Method 8021

• Ideal for EPA Method 8021
ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

30 m
Part No.

0.25

1.40

-20 to 240

N9316388

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

74

GC COLUMNS
Speciality GC Columns

Elite-CLPesticides: Chlorinated Pesticides
Elite-CLPesticides is specially designed to overcome the coelutions and analyte breakdown typically encountered in chlorinated pesticide
analyzes for U.S. EPA methods 8081, 608, and CLP. Column bleed measured by ECD is extremely low at temperatures greater than
300 °C, which is critical for baking out the column to remove high-boiling compounds commonly found in pesticide/PCB extracts.

Features and Benefits

Applications• Thermally stable to 340 °C• Chlorinated pesticides and herbicides• Low column bleed – ideal for ECD or GC/MS analysis• Exceeds performance criteria for U.S. EPA Methods 8081, 608 and CLP• Exceeds performance criteria for U.S. EPA Methods 8081, 608 and CLP• Baseline separation in less than 15 minutes

Column Type

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

30 m
Part No.

Elite-CLPesticides

0.25

0.25

-60 to 320/340

N9316662

0.32

0.50

-60 to 320/340

N9316664

0.32

0.25

-20 to 240/260

N9316670

Elite-CLPesticides 2

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

75

GC COLUMNS
Speciality GC Columns

Elite-608

Elite-2330/Elite-23

Application: Analysis of semivolatile pesticides by U.S. EPA

Application: Analysis of cis/trans isomers in FAMEs and dioxin

method 608

isomers. Equivalent to USP G8 and G48

Phase: Phenyl methyl polysiloxane, mid-polarity

Phase: Biscyanopropyl cyanopropylphenyl polysiloxane, highly polar

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

30 m
Part No.

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

60 m
Part No.

Column
Type

0.32

0.50

40 to 290/310

N9316191

0.25

0.25

40 to 250/260

N9316508

Elite-23

Elite-2560

Elite-PONA
Application: Detailed analysis of petroleum naphtha

Application: Application-specific column for cis/trans FAMEs

Phase: Specially processed dimethylpolysiloxane, non-polar

Phase: Biscyanopropylpolysiloxane, highly polar

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

0.25

0.50

-60 to 300/320

50 m
Part No.

100 m
Part No.

ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

100 m
Part No.

N9316015

0.25

0.20

20 to 250

N9311570

Elite-FFAP
Application: Free fatty acids
Phase: Nitroterephthalic acid modified PEG (bonded), polar
ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

0.25

0.25

40 to 250

0.32

0.25

40 to 250

0.53

1.00

40 to 240/250

15 m
Part No.

30 m
Part No.
N9316352
N9316354

N9316357

Elite-5 Amine
Application: Amines and other basic compounds including
alkylamines and di/triamines
ID
(mm)

df
(μm)

Temp Limits
(°C)

30 m
Part No.

0.25

1.00

-60 to 300/315

N9316675

0.53

3.00

-60 to 280/295

N9316682

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

76

GC COLUMNS
Specialty GC Columns and Accessories

Miscellaneous Accessories

Elite-Alumina/KCI* PLOT
ID
(mm)

Length(m)

Film Thickness(µm)

Temp Limits(°C)

Part No.

Description

0.53

50

10

up to 200

N9316544

Part No.

2 oz. Replacement Charcoal (30/60 mesh)

03300904* Lower Polarity than Elite-Alumina.

Liner Removal Tool

N6100102

Elite-Alumina/Na2SO4 PLOT

Injector/Detector Adapter 1/4 in.
Adapter fits on injector and detector outlet (inside oven) for use
with 1/4 in. columns

00080100

Silanized Glass Wool (2 oz.)

03300905

ID(mm)

Length(m)

Film Thickness(µm)

Temp Limits(°C)

Part No.

0.32

50

5

up to 200

N6107777

Wide-Bore Adapter Kit
Contains all the parts necessary toadapt to packed column injectors
quickly and easily for use with widebore capillary columns. Includes
0–20 mL/min flow controller element,
wide-bore adapter with 1/16 in. fitting, wide-bore glass liner andcolumn support hanger.

Elite-Alumina PLOT
Phase for Analysis of Light Hydrocarbons
ID(mm)

Length(m)

Film Thickness(µm)

Temp Limits(°C)

Part No.

0.53

30

6

-60 to 200

N9316304

0.53

50

10

-60 to 200

N9316305

Note: -60 °C is the lowest temperature used on this phase in our lab. Lower temperatures may be used depending on the sample.

Elite-Molesieve PLOT

Description

Part No.

0.53 Capillary Column Adapter Kit

N6120001

Wafer Scribes
The PerkinElmer ceramic wafer scribe is
inexpensive and ideal for cutting polyimide fusedsilica capillary columns and guard columns. The
scribe is easy to hold and simple to use. All foursides can be used as a cutting tool.

Phase for Analysis of Permanent Gases
ID(mm)

Length(m)

Film Thickness(µm)

Temp Limits(°C)

Part No.

0.53

30

–

-60 to 300

N9316361

Note: -60 °C is the lowest temperature used on this phase in our lab. Lower temperatures may be used depending on the sample.

Elite-Q PLOT

Description

Part No.

Wafer Scribes (pkg. 10)

N9301376

Connectors

Phase for Analysis of Light Gases and Hydrocarbons

Deactivated Y Splitter
Presstight Column
Connector

ID(mm)

Length(m)

Film Thickness(µm)

Temp Limits(°C)

Part No.

0.32

30

10

-60 to 250

N9316359

Description

Part No.

0.53

30

20

-60 to 250

N9316360

Deactivated Presstight Column Connectors (pkg. 5)

N9302149

Metal Universal Connectors: 0.25 mm ID (pkg. 10)

N9301167

Deactivated Y Splitter Presstight Column Connectors (pkg. 3)

N9306380

Polyimide Sealing Resin (5 g)

N9301343

Universal Connectors

Note: -60 °C is the lowest temperature used on this phase in our lab. Lower temperatures may be used depending on the sample.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

77

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESGC Consumables& Accessories

GC Inlet Septa

PerkinElmer offers a wide selection of superior quality
products designed to work with your PerkinElmer instruments.
Our precision designed products deliver the peace of mind thatcomes from knowing that you’ll get the results you need.

Quick Reference Index

Page

Catalytic Reactor Accessory

97

Clarus 480/580/680 Consumables

90

Clarus 480/580/680 FID Add-On Kits

91

Clarus 590/690 Consumables

94

Detector Series Operation Kit

96

ECD Add-On Kits

105

Ferrules85

FPD Spares for All Clarus GC Models

103

Inlet Liners for GC 2400 System and Clarus 590, 690 82
Inlet Liners for Clarus 480, 580, 680
Inlet Septa

84
80-81

Marathon Filament87

NPD Spares for All Clarus GC Models

106

We offer a range of inert septa, suited
to different application needs. The
blue septa offer a high-performancecost-effective alternative, offering
a good level of inertness and arerecommended for GC applications.

Marathon Filament
The marathon filament has been
engineered to provide exceptional
long life and withstand difficult
chromatography conditions.

FerrulesGraphite and Graphite/Vespel
ferrules in different configuration
are available. The choice of which
depends on your application or use
within the GC instrument.

Packed Column Injector for All Clarus GC Models 100
PID Spares for All Clarus GC Models

107

PSS Injector Liners for GC 2400 System
and Clarus GC

83

Packed Column Injector Liners for
GC 2400 System and All Clarus GC Models

83

POC Spares for All Clarus GC Models

102

PSS Spares for All Clarus GC Models

101

SMARTsource

88-99

Swafer

97-98

Swagelok Fittings

108

Syringes86

TCD Spares for All Clarus GC Models

104

TCD/FID Series Operation Kit

104

TurboMatrix 40 Headspace Trap

99

Wide Range FID Add-On Kits

96

Wide Range FID Miscellaneous Accessories

96

CLICK THE ARROWSTO VIEW EACH PAGE

Syringes
Syringes from PerkinElmer are
individually inspected for accuracy
and performance. For routine
analyzes, the metal plunger in barrel
with PTFE-tipped seal is the standard
syringe as shipped with each Clarus
GC instrument.

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

78

Copyright © 2022 PerkinElmer, Inc. 757447 All rights reserved. PerkinElmer® is a registered trademark of PerkinElmer, Inc. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESTHE SMARTBEHINDSEPARATIONSEvery day, analytical laboratories are challenged with balancing high productivity with efficient operations. And
with the growing trend of hybrid work models, gas chromatography operators seek remote access to their GC –whether they’re working in a different part of the lab or at a completely different location.
Discover the GC 2400™ Platform, offering innovative technology that enables access to real-time information on
the go. Efficiently monitor the status of your sample runs with a detachable, intuitively designed touchscreen,
helping you make faster decisions from anywhere – in or out of the lab.
Experience innovative GC workflows with the smart, simplified, and sustainable GC 2400 Platform.

Learn more at perkinelmer.com
For more information on the GC 2400 Platform,
visit www.perkinelmer.com/GC2400Platform

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

79

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESGC Inlet Septa

GC Inlet Septa
BTO (Orange)
Septa rated to 400 °C. The precision molded silicone rubber
septa BTO® (Bleed Temperature Optimized) are premium
ultra-low bleed injector septa for today’s most demanding
applications. The BTO septa are uniquely formulated to extend
ultra-low bleed characteristics and outstanding mechanicalproperties. It retains remarkable softness, even at hightemperatures, and has been optimized to reduce injection port
adhesion, with the addition of a non-stick coating. The prepierced BTO septa also benefit from the CenterGuide design.
They have a recess on the injection side to help guide the syringe
needle to the same point for every injection. The BTO septa arerecommended for GC/MS applications.

Injector septa used in Gas Chromatography provide a critical rolein maintaining system isolation but allowing the sample to be
introduced onto the column in a Quantative manor. Since theinjector septa provide the seal between the inner workings ofthe injector and the laboratory environment, it must have several
desirable characteristics. For best performance the septa should
be inert, low off-gassing of silicone oligomers, soft enough to
avoid bending the needle and reseal after injection and resistant
to coring by the syringe.

Green

We offer a range of inert septa, suited to different applicationneeds. The BTO (orange) septa offer the ultimate in inertness
and are ideally suited to GC/MS applications and trace analysis.
The mid-range advanced green septa combine low inlet adhesion
properties with long lifetime and are recommended for
GC applications. The blue septa offer a high-performancecost-effective alternative, offering a good level of inertness
and are also recommended for GC applications.
Features and Benefits• Select from a range of GC septa with varying properties limits• Non-stick coating ensures no adhesion of the septa to the GC inlet• Pre-conditioned septa, ready to use

Septa rated to 350 °C. The advanced green septa were created
to combine significantly longer injection life, low bleed and low
injection port adhesion. These septa also benefit from also with
the non-stick coating and the CenterGuide design. The result is a
mid-range general purpose septum made of uniquely formulated
silicone rubber you can use for all your daily analyzes.

Blue
Septa rated to 275 °C. The blue septa are designed for routine
applications. Employing a soft silicone rubber material and stayclean surface, they are easy to penetrate without a recess. As theblue septa used at lower operating temperatures the non-stickcoating is not required to prevent inlet adhesion. They offer a
low level of inertness and for routine GC applications providing
optimum performance at lower operating temperatures.

• The CenterGuide design facilitates needle penetration to the same
point with every injection, for easy and rugged operation• Pre-pierced BTO septa provide long autosampler injection life
• Stay clean surface does not attract dust
• Compatible with all GC instruments

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

80

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESGC Inlet Septa

Comparison of septa bleed by TD-GC/MS.

Septa come packed in a glass jar, for high purity. Or select thedisc format where septa are located in individual pockets for easeof selection and avoids any risk of cross contamination.
Description
BTO Orange Injection Port Septa

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Quantity

Part No.

50

N9302972

BTO Orange Injection Port Septa

10

N9306872

Green Injection Port Septa

50

N9306219

Green Injection Port Septa

10

N9306218

Blue Injection Port Septa

50

N9306874

Blue Injection Port Septa

10

N9306873

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

81

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESGC 2400 System, Clarus 590, 690 Inlet Liners

GC 2400 System, Clarus 590 and 690 Capillary GC
Inlet Liners
For the capillary injector on the GC 2400, Clarus 590 or 690 GC system, the liners are required to be 78.5 mm long.
These liners are not compatible with the older Clarus GC systems (480, 580, 680 and any prior models).

Split Injector Liners
Product

Description

ID (mm)

OD (mm)Length (mm)Pkg.

Part No.

Ultra-deactivated Split Precision Liner with Wool

4

6.3

78.5

5

N6502034

Ultra Deactivated Straight Inlet Liner, no Wool(for P&T, HS, Gas Sampling)

1

6.3

78.5

5

N6502037

Quartz Glass Liner, no Wool, Straight Through with
Dimple at the Bottom

4

6.3

78.5

1

N6502038

Straight Through Glass Liner, no Wool

2

6.3

78.5

1

N6502039

Glass Liner, Straight Through with Dimple at Bottom, no Wool

4

6.3

78.5

1

N6502040

Ultra-Deactivated 0.75 mm ID Straight/SPME Inlet Liner

0.75

6.3

78.5

5

N6502044

Ultra Deactivated Single Low Pressure Drop Precision Linerwith Wool

4

6.3

78.5

5

N6502032

Ultra Deactivated Straight Inlet Liner with Woolfor Split/Splitless Inlets

4

6.3

78.5

5

N6502036

ID (mm)

OD (mm)Length (mm)Pkg.

Part No.

Ultra Deactivated Single Taper Splitless Liner

4

6.5

78.5

5

N6502031

Ultra Deactivated Single Taper Inlet Liner with Woolfor Splitless Inlets

4

6.5

78.5

5

N6502035

Ultra Deactivated Straight Splitless Liner with Wool

2

6.5

78.5

5

N6502033

Splitless Injector Liners
Product

Description

Split/Splitless Injector Liners
Product

Description

ID (mm)

OD (mm)Length (mm)Pkg.

Part No.

Capillary Split/Splitless Deactivated Glass Liners with
Deactivated Wool

4

6.3

78.5

5

N6502041

Capillary Split/Splitless Deactivated Glass Liners with
Deactivated Wool and Tapered End

4

6.3

78.5

5

N6502042

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

82

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESPSS Inlet Liners

PSS Injector Liners for all GC 2400 and
Clarus GC Systems
Programmed Temperature Split/Splitless (PSS) Injector Liners
Product

Description

ID (mm)

OD (mm)Length (mm)Pkg.

Part No.

PSS Deactivated Glass Injector Liner for Split Operation– specifically designed to be used for Fuel in Oil analysis,
loosely packed with deactivated wool

2

4

86.2

5

N9302949

Siltek Deactivated Glass PSS Splitless Liner– Used for low volume trace sample analysis

1

4

86.2

5

N6502000

Quartz Liner for Splitless Operation– Excellent liner for low volume analyzes

1

4

86.2

1

N6121006

Quartz Liner for Split Operation– Standard injector liner for routine applications

2

4

86.2

1

N6121004

Siltek Deactivated Glass Liner for Split Operation (with wool)– Maximum inertness and packed with wool gives optimum sample
dispersion. Surface provides inertness over wide sample pH range.
Wool can be adsorptive if fibers are broken

2

4

86.2

5

N6502001

Siltek Deactivated Glass Liner for Split ­Operation– Max inertness gives optimum sample dispersion.
Deactivated surface provides minimal bleed and inertness
over a wide sample pH range

2

4

86.2

5

N6502002

Zero Dilution Outer Liner – Use in conjunction with N1011446

2.8

4

83

1

N10114472

73

1N1011446

On-column Glass Liner

2.4

4

86.2

1

N6101539

Liner/Hour Glass for POC Injector

2.4

4

19.05

1

N6101703

Quartz Split Liner with Silanized Glass Wool

2

4

86.2

1

N6121008

Zero Dilution Inner Liner – Use in conjunction with N1011447

Quartz Split Liner with Silanized Glass Wool

2

4

86.2

5

N6121009

Deactivated Glass Liners with Deactivated Wool. Narrow bore andquartz wool increase volatilization and reproducibility

2

4

86.2

5

N9306232

Splitless Deactivated Glass Liners

1.25

4

86.2

5

N9306237

Description

ID (mm)

OD (mm)Length (mm)Pkg.

Part No.

Glass Liner

3

6

112

1

N6101048

Quartz Liner

3

6

112

1

N6121000

Description

ID (mm)

OD (mm)Length (mm)Pkg.

Part No.

Glass Liner

3

6

112

1

N6406035

Packed Column Injector Liners
Packed Column Injector Liners for All Clarus GC Models

Packed Column Injector Liner for GC 2400

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

83

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIES
Clarus 480, 580, 680 Inlet Liners

Clarus 480, 580, 680 GC Capillary Inlet Liners
Inlet liners for split injection have mixing chambers with tortuous flow paths to allow full vaporization of the sample. Deactivating
the surface of these liners prevents active compounds from degrading. Packing the liner with wool will trap non-volatile residue andprevent column contamination when analyzing dirty samples.
Inlet liners for splitless injection are generally designed as straight tubes, although new designs such as the gooseneck will help containthe sample in the injector. Packing these liners with wool will also help trap non-volatile residue and prevent column contamination.

Split Injector Liners*
Product

Description

ID (mm)

OD (mm)Length (mm)Pkg.

Part No.

Split Glass Liner Ultra Deactivated Surface Liner (with wool)– Universal liner for general purpose analysis

4

6.2

92.1

5

N6121020

Split Glass Liner (with wool)– Universal liner for general purpose analyzes

4

6.2

92.1

5

N6502009

Split Siltek Deactivated Glass Liner (with wool)– Universal liner for general purpose analyzes

4

6.2

92.1

5

N6502010

Clarus Cup Split Glass Liner– Good for both high and low molecular weight compounds

4

6.2

92.1

5

N6502011

Uniliner Deactivated Glass Liner (with wool)– Universal liner for general purpose analyzes

4

6.2

92.1

5

N6121022

Zero Dilution Glass Outer Liner – Ideal for trace HS work.
Use in conjunction with N1011446

2

6.3

90

1

N1011445

2

731N1011446

Zero Dilution Glass Inner Liner – Ideal for trace HS work.
Use in conjunction with N1011445
Quartz Liner for Split Operation– Good for large volume injection samples

4

6.2

92.1

1

N6121001

Glass Liner for Split Operation– Universal liner for general purpose analyzes

4

6.2

92.1

1

N6101052* Not compatible with Clarus 590/690 capillary injector.

Splitless Injector Liners*
Product

Description

ID (mm)

OD (mm)Length (mm)Pkg.

Part No.

Clarus Splitless Glass Liner – Low volume sample analyzes,
beneficial with headspace and purge/trap

1

6.2

92.1

5

N6502006

Quartz Liner for Splitless Operation(ships with instrument) – Standard injector liner

2

6.2

92.1

1

N6121002

Glass Liner for Splitless Operation– Universal liner for general purpose analyzes

2

6.2

92.1

1

N6101372

Deactivated Glass Liner for Splitless Operation (with wool)– Good for analyzes of trace samples

2

6.2

92.1

5

N6121021

Wide-Bore Column Glass Liner (for 0.53 mm ID columns)

4

6

92.1

1

N6101375

ID (mm)

OD (mm)Length (mm)Pkg.

Part No.

Capillary Split/Splitless Deactivated Glass Liners with
Deactivated Wool

4

6.2

92.1

5

N9306233

Capillary Split/Splitless Deactivated Glass Liners with
Deactivated Wool and Tapered End

4

6.2

92.1

5

N9306235

Capillary Split/Splitless Deactivated Glass Liners with deactivatedWool. Quartz wool is used to fully vaporize the sample

4

6.2

92.1

5

N9306236* Not compatible with Clarus 590/690 capillary injector.

Split/Splitless Injector Liners*
Product

Description*Not compatible with Clarus 690/590 GC capillary injector.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

84

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIES
FerrulesFerrulesStandard Ferrules for use with the Clarus 480/580/680
Capillary Injector
Size

Capillary Column Ferrules*
Different materials and configurations of ferrules are available,
the choice of which depends on your application or use within
the GC instrument.
Column ID (mm)For use with
Ferrule ID
Column ID (mm)(mm)

GraphitePart No.

Graphite/Vespel
Part No.

1⁄16 in.

≤0.25

0.4

NEW N9307245

099201041⁄16 in.

0.32

0.5

09903700

099201051⁄16 in.

0.53

0.8

09920141099201071⁄16 in.

0.32(Two hole ferrule)

0.5

N9306001

N9306000

1⁄8 in.

0.32(Two hole ferrule)

0.509903395

Ferrule ID (mm)

≤ 0.25

0.4

0.32

0.5

0.53

0.8

Graphite
Ferrule of choice for high-temperature applications up to
450 °C. Graphite seals easily and does not stick to glass columns.
Suitable for use with FID, TCD and ECD detectors.

Graphite/Vespel®
15% graphite/85% polyimide ferrules are recommended for use
with GC/MS systems. The upper temperature limit is 400 °C.

Short Ferrules
For use with the new capillary injector design on the Clarus 590
and 690 systems. These short ferrules are not compatible withthe older Clarus instruments.

Standard Ferrules
PerkinElmer standard ferrules are used in for connecting
columns to the detectors on all GC models. They are suitablefor use on the older Clarus capillary injectors (480, 580, 680 andprior instruments).

Standard Ferrules for use with detectors– all Clarus models
Size

For use with
Ferrule ID
Column ID (mm)(mm)

GraphitePart No.

Graphite/Vespel
Part No.

1⁄16 in.

≤0.25

0.4

NEW N9307245

099201041⁄16 in.

0.32

0.5

09903700

099201051⁄16 in.

0.53

0.8

09920141099201071⁄8 in.

0.53

1.009903394

1⁄8 in.

≤0.32

0.5

09903981

Short Ferrules for use with the Clarus 590/690
Capillary Injector
Size

**

For use with
Ferrule ID
Column ID (mm)(mm)

GraphitePart No.

Graphite/Vespel
Part No.

1⁄16 in.

≤0.25

0.4

09200785

09200685

1⁄16 in.

0.32

0.5**

09200785

09200686

1⁄16 in.

0.53

0.8

09200787

09200687

1⁄16 in.

0.32(Two hole ferrule)

0.5–09200788

Same graphite Part No. for 0.4 and 0.5 mm opening.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

85

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIES
Syringes

Autosampler and Manual Syringes
Point Style 2

Syringes – Gas Tight

This is a general purpose point style designed
for septum penetration in all chromatographic
techniques. The needle has a 22° bevel tominimize coring and needle plugging.

Syringe Capacity

Fixed Needle (N)Part No.
N9302256

1.0 mL

N9302266

10 mL

Point Style 3

Removable
Needle (RN)
Part No.

GC Manual Syringes

Needle has a 90° bevel. This point style isrecommended when the syringe is used for
accurate pipetting of liquids. Excellent for mixing
standards of very small volume.

Features and Benefits• All PerkinElmer injectors have been tested and optimized
for use with a 7 cm needle• A 7 cm needle is critical to be sure your sample isdeposited in the optimal zone

GC Autosampler Syringes
Syringes from PerkinElmer are individually inspected for accuracy
and performance.

Syringe
Capacity

Recommended autosampler syringes are available in 0.5, 5 and50 µL capacities. For routine analyzes, the metal plunger in barrel
with PTFE-tipped seal is the standard syringe as shipped witheach Clarus® GC instrument. Alternative syringes to use are themetal plunger in barrel or the 0.53 mm on-column injection.
Description

Part No.

50 µL Syringe, Metal Plunger 0.63 mm OD Needle

N6101760

5 µL Syringe, Metal Plunger PTFE-tipped Seal
0.63 mm OD Needle (ships with instrument)

N6101390

5 μL Syringe, Metal Plunger PTFE-tipped Seal
0.63 mm OD Needle BLUE Barrel (pkg. 5 syringes)

N6103240

5 μL Syringe, Metal Plunger PTFE-tipped Seal
0.63 mm OD Needle BLUE Barrel (pkg. 10 syringes)

N6103241

5 µL Syringe, Metal Plunger 0.63 mm OD Needle

N6101251

0.5 µL Low Injection Volume Syringe, Metal Plunger
0.47 mm OD Needle

N6101253

5 µL On-column Syringe Metal Plunger 0.47 mm OD Needle

N6101380

5 µL, Syringe, PTFE-tipped Metal Plunger 0.47 mm OD Needle

N9308975

0.5 µL Low Injection Volume Syringe, Metal Plunger
0.63 mm OD Needle

N6101252

0.5 μL Low Injection Volume Syringe Metal Plunger
0.63 mm OD Needle BLUE Barrel (pkg. 5 syringes)

N6103242

0.5 μL Low Injection Volume Syringe Metal Plunger
0.63 mm OD Needle BLUE Barrel (pkg. 10 syringes)

N6103243

Gauge

LengthPkg.

Point Style

Part No.

Removable Needle Syringes (RN)
10 µL

1

#2

N9302210

100 µL

1#2

N9302213

10 µL31#200230523

10 µL25#2N9302287

50 µL

1

#3

09904941

Fixed Needle Syringes

Savings based on one-piece price. Savings of 20% reflected in price shown.
3Standard fitted with 7 cm needle.
2

New Blue Barrel color design for enhanced
sample volume verification (packs of 5 and 10 syringes)

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

86

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESGCMS 2400 System and Clarus SQ 8 GC/MS Consumables

Marathon Filament
The Marathon™ Filament is a revolutionary,patent-pending technology developed exclusively
by PerkinElmer, delivering long life even under themost difficult chromatography conditions.
After lengthy performance testing and filament research, the new
Marathon Filament has been engineered to provide exceptional
long life and withstand difficult chromatography conditions.
It has high resistance to demanding injections such as Headspaceor purge and trap and has stood up to challenging applications
such as flame-retardant analysis.
The Marathon Filament is a direct replacement of the previous
rhenium filament – no system changes required.
Features and Benefits• L ong life even under the most difficult chromatography conditions
 nique white surface engineered for maximum durability and•U
optimum performance• Included with all new GCMS 2400™ Systems• Backward compatible with all units using rhenium filaments• Works with both electron and chemical ionization sources

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Description

Part No.

Marathon Filament for PerkinElmer GC/MS Systems

N6470012

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

87

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESGCMS 2400 and Clarus SQ 8 GC/MS Consumables

SMARTsource with
Marathon Filamentor GCMS 2400 and
Clarus SQ 8
GC/MS Systems
Capable of both EI and CI ionization, the SMARTsource™
(Simplified Maintenance And Removal Technology) on the
GCMS 2400™ System​has been designed for ultimate simplicity,
flexibility and productivity. Switching sources can be done ina matter of seconds by simply twisting and pulling – no tools
required, no wires to disconnect. Cleaning the source is equally aseasy and can be performed by the user. So even if you’re running
tough matrices, you won’t be slowed down by time-consuming
expensive source cleanings and replacements.

Fewer Parts, Greater Ease
With very few parts, the SMARTsource is exceptionally robustand easy to maintain. Each component is clearly marked forsimple reassembly, and reconfiguring between EI and CI can evenbe performed in less than 3 minutes with a quick-conversion kit.
Since the source is removed from the front of the GCMS 2400™
System, the analyzing quadrupole is never exposed, minimizing
the risk of contamination to ensure more reliable data.

Features and Benefits• 1 2 parts make up EI source• S MARTsource rebuilt in minutes• R emove SMARTsource with the twist of a wrist• Marathon
filament has a long life even under the most difficult
chromatography conditions and is engineered for maximum durability
and optimum performance

SMARTsource Maintenance Kits
Description

Part No.

SQ8 Maintenance Kit
Tool kit needed to maintain source

N6480360

SQ8 Deluxe Polishing Kit (120 Volt)
Kit for polishing cleanable source parts

N6480361

SQ8 Deluxe Polishing Kit (240 Volt)

N6480362

Take the guesswork out of setting your column depth. Our Handle Assembly allows for
precise alignment of the column within the SMARTsource every time.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

88

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESGCMS 2400 System​and Clarus SQ 8 GC/MS Consumables

6

1

2

7

3

8

4

9

5

10

11

12

14

13

SMARTsource Replacement Parts

SMARTsource Kits

Description

Part No.

Description

Part No.

Source Lens #3

N6480149

N6480132

Source Spring

N6480151

Complete EI Source
Consists of a fully assembled EI Source, ready to install

Source Lens #2

N6480148

Insulator Replacement Kit (Numbers 2, 4, 7, 9, 13)

N6480080

El Optics Replacement Kit (Numbers 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 12)

N6480081

Lens Insulator

N6480153

Source Lens #1

N6480147

EI Ion Volume

N6480144

Insulator (Ion Volume)

N6480145

Repeller

N6480140

Insulator (Repeller)

N6480141

CI Ion Volume

N6480146

CI Ion Volume Disc
Trap

N6480142

Insulator (Trap)

N6480143

Marathon Filament

N6470012

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

89

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIES
Clarus 480/580/680 Consumables

Wide Range
FID Add-On Kits

Clarus 480/580/680
Consumables
With more than 50 years’ experiencein GC, the PerkinElmer family of
Clarus® 480/580/680 GC instruments
can be depended upon to meetthe most demanding performanceand throughput needs for today’s
analytical, process monitoring andquality control facilities.

Auto-Ignite Wide Range FID Add-On Kit (with PPC)
Kit includes: detector assembly with heater and sensor,
heater block, igniter, programmable pneumatics, amplifier andcontrols for detector combustion gases. GC must be PPC ready.
If not, a PPC upgrade kit (N6120146) is required. Installation by
PerkinElmer Service is required, but not included.

Capillary Injector with PPC Kit

VoltagePart No.

230 V

N6550168

Kit includes split/splitless injector with programmable pneumatic
control for carrier gas, split vent, heater, sensor, and heater block.
The AutoSystem XL must be PPC™ ready. If not, a PPC upgrade
kit (N6120146) is required. Installation by PerkinElmer Service isrequired, but not included. Not compatible with Clarus 590 and
690 models.
VoltagePart No.

120 V

N6120138

230 V

N6120139

Complete Capillary Injector Add-On Kits
Kit includes split/splitless injector in module with heaterand sensor, 0 – 60 psi pressure regulator, and transducer forpressure readout. For manual gas control. Not compatible with
Clarus 590 and 690 models.
VoltagePart No.

120 V Clarus

N6520012

230 V Clarus

N6520013

Dual Capillary Column Adapter Kit
Kit includes all necessary hardware to install two capillarycolumns to a capillary injector. Note: kit does not include
appropriate 1/8 in. 2-hole ferrule (N9306097). For manual gas
control. Not compatible with Clarus 590/690 capillary injector.
VoltagePart No.

120 V

N6120050

Split/Splitless Injector Starter Kit
Includes: 2 mm ID quartz liner, 4 mm ID quartz liner, silicone
O-rings (10), green septa (50), 0.5 mm graphite ferrules (10),0.8 mm graphite ferrules (10), 1/16 in. stainless steel nuts (5),untreated quartz wool, packing rod, and wafer scribes (10).
Not compatible with Clarus 590 and 690 models.
Description

Part No.

Split/Splitless Injector Starter Kit for Manual Gas Control

N6120101

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

90

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIES
Clarus 480/580/680 Consumables

Clarus 480/580/680
FID Add-On Kits

Auto-Ignite FID Replacement Parts*

Auto-Ignite FID with PPC Add-On Kit*
Kit includes: detector assembly with heater and sensor, heater
block, igniter, programmable pneumatics, and controls for
detector combustion gases. Requires, but does not include,
amplifier and AutoSystem XL firmware revision 3.3 or higher.
The AutoSystem XL must be PPC ready. If not, a PPC upgrade kit(N6120146) is required.
VoltagePart No.

120 V*

N6120167

230 V*

N6120168

Description

Part No.

Collector Head Assembly
Silicone Rubber O-ring* (not shown)

N6100357
09902143

Nozzle Collector

N6101085

Body Assembly

N6103175

FID Jet Contact/Spring

N6001204

Jet Assembly

N6100361

Nozzle Assembly

N6100430**Not compatible with the FID detector on the Clarus 690 and 590 GCs.
Refer to the Clarus 590/690 consumables reference guide for more details.

1*Not compatible with the FID detector on the Clarus 690 and 590 GCs.
Refer to the Clarus 590/690 consumables reference guide for more details.

4Auto-Ignite FID Add-On Kit (Manual Pneumatics)

5

Kit includes: detector assembly with heater and sensor, heater
block, igniter, hydrogen pressure regulator, and needle valve.
Requires, but does not include, amplifier (N6109364). Requires
AutoSystem XL to have firmware revision 3.3 or higher.
VoltagePart No.

120 V Clarus*

N6520018

230 V Clarus*

N6520019*Not compatible with the FID detector on the Clarus 690 and 590 GCs
Refer to the Clarus 590/690 consumables reference guide for more details

9

6

7

Detector Series
Operation Kit
TCD/FID Series Operation Kit
Used to direct sample effluent from the TCD to the FID.

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Description

Part No.

TCD/FID Series Operation Kit

N6120006

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

91

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIES
Clarus 480/580/680 Consumables

Clarus 480/580/680
FID Miscellaneous
Accessories*

Catalytic Reactor Replacement Parts

Description

Part No.

Auto-Ignite Nozzle Replacement Toolfor removing nozzle from auto-ignite FID bodyN6103188

Auto-Ignite FID Catalytic Reactor Accessory*

N6120161

Capillary Column Adapter for capillary column use
with the FID 1/8 to 1/16 in. detector adapter

N6120020

Ceramic Column Cutter

N9301376

Detector Cover (White Color)

N6103151

Eraser Brush-Pencil

09923078

Jet Assembly

N6100194

Jet Replacement Tool
1/4 in. nut driver for removing jet from auto-ignite FID bodyN6101297

Replacement Stainless Steel Glow Plug for Auto-ignite FID

N6103089

Septa, low bleed (pkg. 50)

N9302972

1/4 in. Packed Column Adapter
for use with 1/4 in. packed columns.
1/8 to 1/4 in. adapter fits both injector and detector ends

00080100*

Description

Part No.

Catalyst

N9302698

Jet Assembly

N6100194

FID Base

Catalyst

Miscellaneous Accessories
External Ignite Nozzle Replacement Tool
For removing nozzle from External Ignite FID body.

*Not compatible with the FID detector on the Clarus 690 and 590 GCs.
Refer to the Clarus 590/690 consumables reference guide for more details.

Clarus 480/580/680
Catalytic Reactor Accessory
Auto-Ignite FID with PPC Add-On Kit
The catalytic reactor converts CO and CO2 to methane
conveniently and efficiently. The lower detection limit isextended to well below 0.1 ppm.

Description

Part No.

External Ignite Nozzle Replacement Tool

N6103188

Hydrogen Regulator Replacement Kit
Description

Part No.

Hydrogen Regulator Replacement Kit

N6100289

Hydrogen/Air Replacement Needle Valve
Description

Part No.

Hydrogen/Air Replacement Needle Valve

N6101412

The catalytic reactor consists of a special catalytic reactor basewhich replaces the FID base. The reactor body contains a quantityof catalyst held in place by a quartz wool plug.

Igniter Assembly

Kits include base assembly, reactor tube, and instructions.

Complete replacement igniter assembly with glow plug.

External Igniter FID Catalytic Reactor Accessory
Description

Part No.

External Igniter FID Catalytic Reactor Accessory*

N6120070

Auto-Ignite FID Catalytic Reactor Accessory
Description

Part No.

Auto-Ignite FID Catalytic Reactor Accessory*

N6120161*Not compatible with the FID detector on the Clarus 690 and 590 GCs.
Refer to the Clarus 590/690 consumables reference guide for more details.

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Description

Part No.

Igniter Assembly

N6100016

Replacement Glow Plug for External Ignite FID
Description

Part No.

Replacement Glow Plug for External Ignite FID

00091279

FID Flow Measurement Adapter
Description

Part No.

FID Flow Measurement Adapter

N6101345

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

92

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIES
Clarus 480/580/680 Consumables

Clarus 480/580/680 Capillary
Injector Replacement Parts*
Description

Part No.

Injector Cover
Septum Cap

N6100153

PerkinElmer Green Injection Septum (pkg. 50)

N9306219

Injector Top Nut

N6101358

Injector Head

N6100158

O-ring, Silicone for Glass Liner (pkg. 10)
Maximum injector temperature 250 °C***

N6101374

O-ring, Graphite for Glass Liner (pkg. 5)
Maximum injector temperature 450 °C

N6101378

O-ring, Kalrez® for Glass Liner (pkg. 1)
Maximum injector temperature 450 °C

N9302782

O-ring, Viton® for Glass Liner (pkg. 10)
Maximum injector temperature 300 °C,
recommended for use with Mass Spec.
ships with instrument***

N9302783

Quartz Liner (2 mm) for Splitless Operation

N6121002

Quartz Liner (4 mm) for Split Operationor Large Volume Splitless Injection

N6121001

Glass Liner (2 mm) for Splitless Operation

N6101372

Glass Liner (4 mm) for Split Operation

N6101052

Deactivated Liner for Splitless Operation
2 mm, packed with wool. (pkg. 5)

N6121021

Deactivated Liner for Split Operation
4 mm, packed with wool. (pkg. 5)

N6121020

Deactivated Uniliner
4 mm, packed with wool. (pkg. 5)

N6121022

Injector Body

N6100047

1

2
3

4

5

6

16

7

9

1/8 in. Swagelok Nut Brass (pkg. 5)

N9300056

Restrictor**

N6101034

1/8 in. Graphite/Vespel Ferrule (pkg. 10)*09920301

1/4 in. Graphite Ferrule (pkg. 10)09920140

1/4 in. Graphite/Vespel Ferrule (pkg. 10)09903739

1/4 in. Swagelok Nut, Stainless Steel (pkg. 5)

N9300055

Injector Adapter Cap Assembly

N6100562

Charcoal Trap

N6100275

12

Charcoal Trap for PPC Version*

N6100331

13

Split Vent Tube

N6100159

14

™

15

8

Column Nut 1/16 in.
Long length for reversed ferrule (pkg. 5)17* Not suitable for Clarus 590 and 690 models.
** Not shown.
Suitable for all older models to Clarus GC instruments: 480/580/680 and systems prior.
*** O-rings are run through a crest wash and a lab test to check for phthalates.
They are processed until they are phthalate free.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

93

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIES
Clarus 590/690 Consumables

Clarus 590/690
Consumables

Clarus 590/690 Capillary
Injector Parts

Sensitive, high-capacity,
high-throughput GC systems
delivering the power andfunctionality needed tomeet your analytical goals.
A robust autosampler
delivers easy access to two
injector ports, while theClarus 690’s patented highperformance oven delivers
the fastest heat-up andcool-down of any oven in
the business.

Description

Part No.

1

PerkinElmer Green Injection Septum (pkg. 50)

N9306219

2

Injector Top Nut

N6550223

3

Injector Head

N6550220
09200714

4

O-ring, Viton for Glass Liner (pkg. 10)
Maximum Injector Temperature 300 °C,
Recommended for use with Mass Spec.*
O-ring, Kalrez® for Glass Liner (pkg. 1)
Maximum Injector Temperature 450 °C

09200725

Ultra-deactivated Straight Inlet Liner with wool,
4.0 mm ID, for Split/Splitless Inlets,
5 pack (ships with instrument)

N6502036®

See page 207 for a full listing of liners

Description

Part No.

GC/MS PSS Injector Starter Kit

N6100447

Contents

Product

Pkg.

5.0 µL Autosampler Syringe

5

Ultra Deactivated Straight Splitless Liner with wool

N6502033

Ultra-deactivated Split Precision Liner with wool,
4.0 mm ID, 5 packN6502034

Qty.

Part No.
N6101390

Ultra-deactivated Straight Inlet Liner no wool,
1.0 mm ID, 5 packN6502037

1
2

N6101182

Straight Through Glass Liner no wool, 2.0 mm ID

N6502039

PSS Injector Viton O-rings (300 °C)

10

1

N6101747

6

Injector Body

N6550221

PSS Injector Kalrez O-rings (450 °C)

1

109921004

7

Brass Nut

09903128

1

N6121004

Front Ferrule – 1/8 in. Brass

09903129099201048

2

PerkinElmer Green Septa (50 pieces)

1

N6621028

9

Back Ferrule – 1/8 in. Brass

09903130

Marathon Filament

1

N6470012

10Gold Seal Nut

N6552080

11Gold Seal

N6551043

1/16 in. Short Graphite/Vespel Ferrule (pkg. 10)09200685

Vial Locator (dongle)®

PSS Split/Splitless Injector, 2 mm, no wool
Graphite/Vespel Ferrules, for 0.25 mm Columns

10

Description

Part No.

GC/MS CAP Injector Starter Kit
for Clarus 680, 580, 480*

N6100448

Contents

Pkg.

Qty.

Part No.

5.0 µL Autosampler Syringe

1

N6101390

Vial Locator (Dongle)

2

N6101182

CAP Injector Viton O-rings (300 °C)**

10

N9302783

CAP Injector Kalrez® O-rings (450 °C)

10

N9302782

2

N6121001

2

09920104

PerkinElmer Green Septa (50 pieces)

1

N6621028

Marathon Filament

1

N6470012

CAP Split/Splitless Injector, 4 mm, no wool
Graphite/Vespel Ferrules, for 0.25 mm Columns

1012

For column ID 0.18 – 0.32 mm/0.4 mm
See page 209 for a full listing of short ferrules

Not
shown

Trap Installation Kit(same part for both split and splitless injection)

N6550140

Not
shown

Trap Replacement Cartridge

N6550142

Split Vent Trap Connecting Tube – 690, A Position

N6552091

Split Vent Trap Connecting Tube – 690, B Position

N6552092

Not
shown

13

Split Vent Trap Connecting Tube – 590, A Position

N6552093

Capillary Column Nut

N6552084* O-rings are run through a crest wash and a lab test to check for phthalates.
They are processed until they are phthalate free.

* N 6100448 Not compatible with Clarus 590 and 690 models.
Refer to the Clarus 590/690 consumable reference guide for more details.
** O-rings are run through a crest wash and a lab test to check for phthalates.
They are processed until they are phthalate free.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

94

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIES
Clarus 590/690 Consumables
2

GC/MS 590/690 Capillary
Injector Consumable Kit

1

3

Description

Part No.

GC/MS Capillary Injector Starter Kit for Clarus 690, 590

N6550448

Contents
4

5
6

8
9

7

11
10

12
13

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Qty.

Part No.

5.0 µL Autosampler Syringe

Pkg.

1

N6101390

Vial Locator (Dongle)

2

N6101182

Viton O-rings (300 °C)

10

109200714

Kalrez® O-rings(Maximum Injector Temperature 450 °C)

1

209200725

Ultra Deactivated Split/Splitless Liner, 4 mm,with Wool5

109200624

Graphite/Vespel Ferrules,
for 0.25 mm Columns

10109200685

PerkinElmer Green Septa (50 pieces)

1

N6621028

Marathon Filament

1

N6470012

Clarus 590/690
Split/Splitless Injector
Add-On Kits
All capillary add on kits need the charcoal trap kit(Part No. N6550140) and the appropriate vent trap
connecting tube.
Configuration

Part No.

Split Vent Trap Connecting Tube – 690, A Position

N6552091

Split Vent Trap Connecting Tube – 690, B Position

N6552092

Split Vent Trap Connecting Tube – 590, A Position

N6552093

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

95

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIES
Clarus 590/690 Consumables

Wide Range FID Add-On Kits Wide Range FID
Miscellaneous Accessories
Auto-Ignite Wide Range FID Add-On Kit (with PPC)

Kit includes: detector assembly with heater and sensor, heater
block, igniter, programmable pneumatics, amplifier and controls
for detector combustion gases. GC must be PPC ready. If
not, a PPC upgrade kit (N6120146) is required. Installation by
PerkinElmer Service is required, but not included.
VoltagePart No.

240 V

N6550168

Auto-Ignite Wide Range FID Add-On Kit (Manual
Pneumatics), 590 only
Kit includes: detector assembly with heater and sensor, heater block,
igniter, hydrogen pressure regulator, amplifier and needle valve.
VoltagePart No.

240 V

N6550166

Auto-Ignite Wide Range FID Replacement Parts
Description

Part No.

Collector Head Assembly which includes
Silicone Rubber O-ring** (not shown)

N6550077
09902143

FID Jet Contact/Spring (included in N6550072)

N6001204

Jet Assembly (0.28 mm jet, fitted as standard)

N6550080

Jet Assembly (0.71 mm jet)N6550083

Description

Part No.

Auto-Ignite FID Catalytic Reactor Accessory*

N6120161

Ceramic Column Cutter

N9301376

Detector Cover (White Color)

N6103151

Jet Assembly (0.28 mm jet, fitted as standard)
Jet Assembly (0.71 mm jet)N6550080
N6550083

Jet Replacement Tool
1/4 in. nut driver for removing jet from auto-ignite FID bodyN6101297

Replacement Stainless Steel Glow Plug for Auto-ignite FID

N6103089

1/4 in. Packed Column Adapter
for use with 1/4 in. packed columns.
1/8 to 1/4 in. adapter fits both injector and detector ends

00080100

Detector Series
Operation Kit
TCD/FID Series Operation Kit
Used to direct sample effluent from the TCD to the FID.
Description

Part No.

TCD/FID Series Operation Kit

N6120006

1

**

2

3

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

96

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESGC Accessories

Catalytic Reactor Accessory Swafer Micro-Channel
Wafer Technology
Auto-Ignite Wide Range FID with PPC Add-On Kit
The catalytic reactor converts CO and CO2 to methane
conveniently and efficiently. The lower detection limit isextended to well below 0.1 ppm.

The catalytic reactor consists of a special catalytic reactor basewhich replaces the FID base. The reactor body contains a quantityof catalyst held in place by a quartz wool plug.
Kits include base assembly, reactor tube, and instructions.

External Igniter Wide Range FID Catalytic
Reactor Accessory (For Methanizer Kit)*

PerkinElmer’s Swafer™ microchannel wafer technology is aninnovative and user-friendly approachfor flowswitching and splitting
applications. It delivers unparalleledhardware and application flexibility,
expanding the capabilities of capillarygas chromatography (GC).
Features and Benefits

Description

Part No.

External Igniter FID Catalytic Reactor Accessory

N6550180• Allows you to tackle difficult or otherwise impossible
separations, delivering richer sample information which
was previously unattainable•U ser-friendly design and user-defined oven position allow easy setup
and configuration changes, without requiring service intervention* Same part for Auto-Ignite catalytic reactor accessory

Catalytic Reactor Replacement Parts
Description

Part No.

Catalyst

N9302698• Complete independence of the column from injectors or detectors lets
you combine injection techniques (headspace, thermal desorption,liquid, etc.), based on sample requirements• 1 5 user-interchangeable configurations deliver over 18 possiblemodes of operation for unparalleled application flexibility•C an be used on any Clarus 580/500 or 680/600 GC with
programmable pneumatic control (PPC)

FID Base• Vent unwanted solvent or other large peak from chromatogram• Tweak the column polarity with serial column for difficult separations
Catalyst

Miscellaneous Accessories
Hydrogen Regulator Replacement Kit(Manual Pneumatics)
Description

Part No.

Hydrogen Regulator Replacement Kit

N6100289

Swafer Kits for Clarus GC Systems
Description

Part No.

D-Swafer Complete Kit – for Clarus GC units only(for Clarus 680/580 GCs with PPC) Includes all required
installation hardware user guides, and the D-Swafer

N6520273

S-Swafer Complete Kit – for Clarus GC units only (for Clarus
680/580 GCs with PPC) Includes all required installation
hardware, user guides, and the S-Swafer

N6520272

Swafer Kits and Accessories for
Existing Clarus GC Systems

FID Flow Measurement Adapter
Description

Part No.

Description

Part No.

FID Flow Measurement Adapter

N6101345

Micro-Channel Kit for Existing Clarus 680/600/580/500 GC
with PPC. Includes all hardware required to install a Swafer.
The Swafer and installation are not included and must bepurchased separately

N6520270

Micro-Channel Kit for Existing Clarus 680/600/580/500 GCs
with PreVent currently installed. If PreVent is already included in
the GC configuration, this hardware kit provides the additionalparts required to install a Swafer. The Swafer and installation
are not included and must be purchased separately

N6520271

D-Swafer Dean’s Switch (Swafer only)

N9306251

S-Swafer Splitter (Swafer only)

N9306262

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

97

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESGC Accessories
How Can the Swafer Help You?
Enhanced Sample Information
Solvent venting

Vent unwanted solvent or other large peak from chromatogram

D-Swafer
S-Swafer

Detector switching

Switch between your detectors of choice anytime during the run or between injections

D-Swafer

Column switching

Make your GC more flexible by choosing which column should be used to chromatograph the injected sample

D-Swafer

Heartcutting

Cut your chromatogram and analyze the cut on a different column for a better separation

D-Swafer

Polarity tuning

Tweak the column polarity with serial column for difficult separations

D-Swafer
S-Swafer

Column selection

Better utilize large and expensive detectors by choosing which of the two columns to monitor

D-Swafer

Carrier-gas swapping

Use a different carrier gas in the injector or sampling system from that used for the chromatography

D-Swafer

Peak attenuation

Analyze a wide dynamic range by diluting portions of your chromatography

D-Swafer

Splitting

Split your chromatography between up to four channels (detectors, sniffer ports, etc.)

S-Swafer

Column backflushing

Remove unwanted compounds from the column after the analytes have eluted

D-Swafer
S-Swafer

MS isolation

Perform your MS, column and inlet maintenance without venting for less downtime

D-Swafer
S-Swafer

Retention-gap purging

Remove large amounts of solvent with cold on-column injection

D-Swafer

Inlet selection

Automate your inlet choices (headspace, thermal desorption, liquid autosampler, etc.) between injections

D-Swafer

Injector maintenance or enhanced
large volume injection

Enable injector septa or liner exchange while the system is still active Prevent solvent vapor from entering column anddetector during injector purging

D-Swafer
S-Swafer

Throughput and MaintenanceHeartcutting (D-Swafer) allows separation of selected peaks
within a complex sample matrix.

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Swafer can be installed in any Clarus 580/500 or 680/600 GC
with programmable pneumatic control (PPC).

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

98

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIES
TurboMatrix Consumables

TurboMatrix 40 Headspace Trap
Sample Head Assembly Replacement Parts
Description

Part No.

Platinum/Iridium Needle, Wide-bore

B0144169

Platinum/Iridium Needle, Jet

B0510364

Silcosteel Needle, for Headspace Trap Only

N6700130

Stainless Steel Needle, Wide-bore

B0131385

Stainless Steel Needle, Small-bore

B0500987

Stainless Steel Needle, Jet (ships with instrument)

B4000011

Needle Seal Assembly (without O-rings)

B0500833

O-ring for Needle Seal Assembly (pkg. 10)

B0198110

Vespel Ferrule 1⁄16 in. (pkg. 10)09920127

Male Nut 1⁄16 in.

N9302832

GLT Adapter Tube

B0503956

Graphite/Vespel Ferrule 1⁄16 in. x 0.4 mm
For use with 0.25 mm ID Transfer Line (pkg. 10)09920104

Graphite/Vespel Ferrule 1⁄16 in. x 0.5 mm
For use with 0.32 mm ID Transfer Line (pkg. 10)09920105

Nut 1⁄16 in. Swagelok

N9300059

0.18 mm ID x 5 m Length

N9301354

Fused-Silica Capillary Transfer Line:
0.25 mm ID x 5 m Length

N9301356

Sample Trays

0.32 mm ID x 5 m Length

N9301357

For use on the Mid-Range or High-Capacity headspace sampler.

0.53 mm ID x 5 m Length

N9301358

Solid Glass Blocking Trap
Description

Part No.

Block for Use in Standard Headspace Mode

N6701170

Description

Part No.

TurboMatrix 40 Mid-Range Sample Tray

M0413592

TurboMatrix 110 High-Capacity Sample Tray

M0413593

Transfer Lines
Description

Headspace Sample Head Assembly Schematic

Tubing ID (mm)LengthPart No.

0.325m

N9316608

Siltek DeactivatedFused Silica

Miscellaneous Accessories
1

Description

Part No.

Gas Chromatography – Theory and Practice,
Static Headspace Book by L. Ettre and B. Kolb

N10112109Cold Trap Options

8
7

Headspace Trap instruments only.

6
5
4
2
3
2

Description

Part No.

TurboMatrix HS Trap Cold Trap Tube (Carbopack C)

N6200150

TurboMatrix HS Trap Air Monitoring Trap*

M0413628* Trap comes standard with instrument.

3

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

99

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIES
Packed Column Accessories

Packed Column Injector
for All Clarus GC Models

Packed Injector
Replacement Parts

Packed Column Injector Kit with Manual Pneumatics
Includes: complete injector assembly with heater and sensor,
0 – 100 mL flow controller, and column head pressure gauge
for installation into the AutoSystem.

Description

Part No.

Septum Cap

N6100153

PerkinElmer Green Injection Septum (pkg. 50)

N9306219

Needle Guide

N6101050

Glass Liner (6 mm OD, 3 mm ID, 112 mm Length)

N6101048

VoltagePart No.

Quartz Liner (6 mm OD, 3 mm ID, 112 mm Length)

N6121000

120 V*

N6120007

Packed Injector Assembly

N6100048

Packed Column Injector Kit with PPC
The kit includes complete injector assembly with programmablepneumatic control, heater, sensor, and heater block. The GC must
be PPC™ ready. If not, a PPC upgrade kit (N6120146) is required.
VoltagePart No.

120 V*

N6120136

230 V*

N6120137

1

2

3

Packed Column Injector Kit with Screen Readout andManual Pneumatics
Includes: complete injector assembly with heater and sensor,
0 – 100 mL flow controller and column head pressure gauge,
and transducer for screen readout of column carrier flow.
VoltagePart No.

120 V* Clarus

N6520010

230 V* Clarus

N6520011

4

Packed Column Injector Kit AutoSystem XL and Clarus
The kit includes complete injector, heater, sensor, and heater
block. (Does not include pneumatics).
VoltagePart No.

120 V*

N6120071

230 V*

N6120072

Packed Column Injector Starter Kit
Includes glass liner, needle guide, green septa (50), untreatedquartz wool, and packing rod.
Description

Part No.

Packed Column Injector Starter Kit

N6120100

5*Service installation suggested.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

100

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESPSS Accessories

PSS Spares for All
Clarus GC Models

PSS Replacement Parts
Description

Part No.

Septum Cap

N6100153

Injector CoverPSS Injector Add-On Kits with Manual Pneumatics
The programmed-temperature split/splitless (PSS) inlet allows
accurate sample delivery to a capillary column. The PSS allows
the analysis of thermally labile compounds, while eliminating
the discrimination of high-boiling compounds. One of the majoradvantages of the PSS is that any nonvolatile material will remainin the inlet liner and not on the front of the column.

PerkinElmer Green Injection Septum (pkg. 50)

N9306219

Trap, Charcoal – non PPC version

N6100275

PPC version (not shown)
Nut
Septum Purge

N6100260

O-ring Viton (pkg. 10) max temp 300 °C,
recommended for use with mass spec.
Shipped with instrument*

N6101747

O-ring Kalrez® (pkg. 1)
max temp. 450 °C

09921004

PSS Injector with PPC

O-ring Graphite (pkg. 5)
max temp. 450 °C

N6101751

Kit includes injector with programmable pneumatic control,
heater, sensor, and heater block. The GC must be PPC™ ready.
If not, a PPC upgrade kit (N6120146) is required.

Quartz Liner, 2 mm Split Mode
Shipped with instrument.

N6121004

Quartz Liner, 1 mm Splitless Mode

N6121006

On-column liner

N6101539

PSS Body Braze Assembly

N6550025

Ferrule 1/8 in. x 1/16 in. (pkg. 10)09920301

PSS with pneumatics and pressure readout on screen.
Kit includes all necessary hardware to install injector into GC.

VoltagePart No.

120 V*

N6550053

230 V*

N6550054

PSS Injector Starter Kit
Includes: universal connectors (5), 0.53 mm ID deactivatedfused-silica (5 m), 2 mm ID quartz liner, 1 mm ID quartz liner,
glass hourglass liner, 1/16 in. stainless steel nuts (5), 0.5 mm ID
graphite ferrules (10), 0.8 mm ID graphite ferrules (10), Viton®
O-rings (6), graphite O-rings (5), untreated quartz wool, wafer
scribes (10), and green septa (50).
VoltagePart No.

PSS Injector Starter Kit

N6120102

Nut 1/8 in.

09903128

Split Vent Line

N6100159

Purge Restrictor

N6101034

Nut

09903392* O-rings are run through a crest wash and a lab test
to check for phthalates. They are processed until
they are phthalate free.

1

2

4

10

Zero Dilution Liners

11

Used together as set.

12

VoltagePart No.

Inner Liner

N1011446

Outer Liner

N1011447

3

5

6
7

13

* Service installation suggested.
8

9

14

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

101

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESPOC Accessories

POC Spares for All
Clarus GC Models

POC Replacement Parts

Programmed-Temperature On-Column (POC) Inlet is designed to
be used with fused-silica capillary columns. The sample is injected
onto the column while the inlet is cool. After the injection,
the inlet begins to heat. This delay in heating avoids the flash
vaporization associated with a normal injection. This explosive
vaporization can cause thermal breakdown and/or discriminationof certain analytes, which can be avoided by using the POC.

Description

Part No.

Septum Cap

N6100153

PerkinElmer Green Injection Septum (pkg. 50)

N9306219

Needle Guide

N6101702

Liner/Hour Glass

N6101703

Body Assembly

N6100256

Packed Injector Assembly

N6100048

The POC Injector is best used to achieve recovery of compoundsof greater than C60 (e.g., polywaxes). The POC utilizes flow
control, producing the best recovery out to C100 or greater.

1

POC Injector with PPC Add-On Kit
Kit includes injector with programmable pneumatic control, heater,
sensor, and heater block. The AutoSystem XL or Clarus GC must
be PPC™ ready. If not, a PPC upgrade kit (N6120146) is required.
Installation by PerkinElmer Service is required, but not included.
VoltagePart No.

230 V*

N6550050

2

3

4

5

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

102

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESFPD Accessories

FPD Spares for
All Clarus GC Models

FPD Replacement Parts for AutoSystem Series GCs
Description

The FPD is a highly sensitive and selective detector for both
sulfur and phosphorus compounds. It is especially suitable forenvironmental monitoring of H2S and sulfur gases in general andfor organopzhosphorus compounds present at trace levels inpesticide analysis. Alkyl tin compounds can also be analyzed bychanging the filter assembly. The sulfur filter is shipped standard.
The FPD mounts in either the front or rear detector position.
This allows many detector combinations, such as FPD/FPD,
FPD/TCD, and FPD/ELCD.

Part No.

O-ring09902247

Seal Assembly and Window (heat shield)

N9300096

Liner (window)

N6003057

FPD Body (upper)

N6100243

Window Holder

N6003066

FPD Jet Assembly

N6550055

FPD Body (lower)

N6100244

Photomultiplier Tube

09972321

The AutoSystem also includes a linearizer function for the sulfur
mode and convenient control of the photomultiplier tube fromthe keyboard.
The FPD is capillary-column compatible. The detector will accept
columns of 0.530 mm ID or less. As a reminder, use of packed
1/4 in. columns requires a 1/8 to 1/4 in. adapter.

Filter Assembly

1
3
4
6

Filters
Description

Part No.

Phosphorus Lens (Yellow)

N6000981

Sulfur Lens* (Blue)

N6000637

Tin Lens (Orange)

L4135472

2

5

Air
8

* Shipped standard.

7

HydrogenFPD Add-On Kit (Manual Pneumatics)
Kit includes detector, heater, sensor, heater block, hydrogenneedle valve, air pressure regulator, and sulfur photomultiplierfilter. Requires but does not include FPD amplifier. Firmware
revision 1.6 or greater required. Firmware must be PerkinElmer
Service installed. AutoSystem operator’s manual (09938559)
revision E or higher required.
VoltagePart No.

230 V Clarus

N6520029

FPD AmplifierFirmware revision 1.6 or greater required. Firmware must be
PerkinElmer Service installed. AutoSystem operator’s manual(09938559) revision E or higher required.
Description

Part No.

FPD ASSY SNAPL 120V

N6550040

BACK TO SECTION INDEXFPD with PPC Add-On Kit
Kit includes: detector, heater, sensor, heater block, pro­grammablepneumatic control for detector combustion gases, and sulfur
photomultiplier filter. Requires, but does not include, FPD
amplifier. AutoSystem XL GC must be PPC ready. If not, a PPC
upgrade kit (N6120146) is required. Installation by PerkinElmer
Service is required, but not included.
VoltagePart No.

120 V

N6520036

230 V

N6520037

Packed Column Adapter
1/8 to 1/4 in. adapter for use with 1/4 in. packed columns.
Description

Part No.

Adapter (set of 2)00080100

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

103

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESTCD Accessories

TCD forAll Clarus GC Models

Column Adapter

Features and Benefits• Lower Internal Volume and Smaller Overall Size

Description

Part No.

1/8 to 1/4 in.
Column adapter for use with 1/4 in. packed columns

00080100

1/8 to 1/16 in.
Column adapter for use with capillary columns

N6120020• No Makeup Gas Required with 0.53 mm and 0.32 mm ID
Capillary Columns• Series Connection Option• Excellent Sensitivity Over a Wide Dynamic Range

TCD Add-On Kit (Manual Pneumatics)
Kit includes all necessary items to install the TCD into the
instrument: detector, heater, sensor, heater block, 1/16 in. gasline, and flow controller pneumatics. Requires, but does notinclude, amplifier (N6120015). The TCD can only be installed in
the rear detector position.
VoltagePart No.

120 V Clarus

N6520022

230 V Clarus

N6520023

Thermal Conductivity Detector

TCD Amplifier
Description

Part No.

TCD Amplifier

N6120015

TCD/FID Series
Operation Kit

TCD with PPC Add-On Kit
Kit includes: detector, heater, sensor, heater block, andprogrammable pneumatic control for reference gas. Requires,but does not include, amplifier (N6120015). The TCD can only be
installed in the rear detector position. The GC must be PPC ready.
If not, a PPC upgrade kit (N6120146) is required. Installation by
PerkinElmer Service is required, but not included.
VoltagePart No.

120 V

N6120124

230 V

N6120125

Includes parts required to add PPC controlled makeup gas to an
existing TCD. Includes tubing, tee-piece, PPC pneumatics module,
and PPC frit #4 (N6120155). Requires PPC capability
in the GC.
Part No.

TCD with PPC Makeup Gas Kit

N6120150

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Description

Part No.

TCD/FID Series Operation Kit

N6120006

TCD Detector Makeup Gas Kit (Manual Pneumatics)
For use with TCD (at low flow rates). Required when using
0.25 mm ID and recommended when using 0.32 mm ID capillarycolumns. Kit includes 1 m of 1/16 in. tubing to connect togas supply, graphite/vespel ferrules, manual pneumatics, andinstallation instructions.

TCD with PPC Makeup Gas Kit

Description

TCD and FID series operation kit for directing effluent froma TCD to an FID.

Description

Part No.

TCD Detector Makeup Gas Kit (Manual Pneumatics)

N6120080

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

104

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESECD Accessories

ECD Spares for
All Clarus GC Models

ECD Amplifier
Required for use with ECD detector with add-on kit.

The ECD is a versatile, nondestructive detector which responds
strongly to halogen-containing compounds as well as to certain
other electron-capturing substances. The ECD’s high sensitivity
and selectivity make it an ideal choice for pesticide-residue
analysis and for detection of halogen-derivatized compounds.
The ECD has an independent temperature range of
100 – 450 °C. The detector contains thermal protection thatprevents heating the Ni63 source to temperatures beyond
safe operating limits. Two ECDs can be installed and operated
simultaneously on the AutoSystem Series and Clarus GCs.
Nitrogen or argon/methane is the required detector operatinggas. The base of the detector terminates in a 1/8 in. fitting.

Description

Part No.

ECD Amplifier

N6120014

ECD Add-On Kit (PPC Pneumatics)
Kit includes: detector, heater, sensor, heater block, andprogrammable pneumatic control for makeup gas. Requires, butdoes not include, ECD amplifier (N6120014). The AutoSystem
XL or Clarus GCs must be PPC ready. If not, a PPC upgrade kit(N6120146) is required. Installation by PerkinElmer Service isrequired, but not included.
VoltagePart No.

120 V

N6120122

230 V

N6120123

Vent Tube AssemblyCollector AnodeFlexible tube to safely vent toxic sample effluent.

To Amplifier

Ni83 Foil (Source)

Description

Part No.

Vent Tube Assembly

N6100161

Column Adapters
Column Adapter/Receiver
Adapter converts 1/8 in. fitting to 1/16 in. for use with capillarycolumns. Note: Glass-lined tubing reduces background frompolyimide coating in high-temperature applications.

Makeup Gas In
Column Connection

ECD Add-On Kit (Manual Pneumatics)
Kit includes all parts necessary to install an ECD on the
AutoSystem Series or Clarus GCs. Includes: detector, heater,
sensor, heater block, 1/16 in. makeup gas line, makeup gas
needle valve, and vent tube assembly. Requires, but does notinclude, ECD amplifier (N6120014). Installation by PerkinElmer
Service is recommended.
VoltagePart No.

230 V Clarus

N6520021

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Description

Part No.

Capillary Column Adapter/Receiver

N6000968

1/4 in. Packed Column Adapter
For use with 1/4 in. packed columns. 1/8 to 1/4 in. adapters fit
both injector and detector ends. (pkg. 2).
Description

Part No.

1/4 in. Packed Column Adapter

00080100

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

105

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESNPD Accessories

NPD Spares for
All Clarus GC Models

Column Adapter
1/4 in. Packed Column Adapter

The NPD can be used for the analysis of organic compounds
containing nitrogen or phosphorus down to the picogram level.
The NPD has become the detector of choice for low-level drug
and pesticide applications because of its sensitivity and selectivity.

NPD Amplifier

1/8 to 1/4 in. detector receiver adapter for use with 1/4 in.
packed columns. Two included (injector/detector).
Description

Part No.

1/4 in. Packed Column Adapter

00080100

NPD Replacement Parts

Required for use with NPD Add-On Kit.
Description

Part No.

Description

Part No.

NPD Amplifier

N6120094

Collector Head

N6100253

Bead Assembly (pkg. 5)

N6120093

Single pkg.

N6120092

Jet Assembly

N6100038

NPD Body

N6100228

NPD with PPC Add-On Kit
Kit includes: detector, heater, sensor, heater block, andprogrammable pneumatic control for detector combustion gases
and two beads. Requires, but does not include, amplifier. The
AutoSystem XL or Clarus GC must be PPC ready. If not, the PPC
upgrade kit (N6120146) is required. Installation by PerkinElmer
Service is required, but not included.

1

VoltagePart No.

120 V

N6120126

230 V

N6120127
2

Air In3

Hydrogen In

4

Column Connector

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

106

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESPID Accessories

PID Spares for
All Clarus GC Models

Miscellaneous Accessories

PID Add-On Kit (Manual Pneumatics)
The PID utilizes a high-intensity ultraviolet light source to ionize
the sample components eluting from the column in order togenerate the chromato­graphic signal. The PID has a maximum
recommended operating temperature of 250 °C. The lamp canbe replaced with a blanking disk to allow bake-out operation(up to 350 °C). Kit includes: detector, heater, sensor, makeup
gas needle valve, and all necessary mounting hardware for
installation on an AutoSystem GC. Requires, but does notinclude, amplifier and lamp power supply (N6120062). Firmware
revision 1.2 or greater is required. Firmware must be PerkinElmer
Service installed. AutoSystem operator’s manual is required if notrevision F or higher.
VoltagePart No.

120 V Clarus

N6520026

Description

Part No.

Bakeout Disk

03302989

Lamp Cleaning Compound

03302775

1/8 in. Detector Receiver

03300865

PID Replacement Parts
Description

Part No.

PID Lamp (10.2eV), For most applications including
aromatics, alkenes, and aliphatics higher than C4.
Shipped standard with PID

03303599

PID Lamp (9.5eV), Improved selectivity for multiple ringaromatic, sulfur compounds

03303598

PID Lamp Window Seal

03302778

PID Lower Lamp Seal

03302777

Shoulder Pin

03302976

Cap Nut

03303773

Base Assembly
Spring
Cap with Harness

PID Lamp Power Supply
Required for use with PID Add-On Kit.
Description

Part No.

PID Lamp Power Supply

N6120062

5

8

7

1

2
4

3

6

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

107

GC CONSUMABLES AND ACCESSORIESGC Accessories

Swagelok Fittings
The patented advanced-geometry back ferrule design provides aleak-tight tube connection on all Swagelok™ stainless steel tube
fittings, in sizes 1/4 to 1/2 in., and 6 to 12 mm. Leak-tight seals thatwill withstand high-pressure, vibration, vacuum and temperaturechanges depend upon close tolerances and consistent, exacting
quality control in conjunction with good design principles. Swagelok
fittings from PerkinElmer are available in brass and stainless steel.

Features and Benefits• E ase of installation• B ack ferrule axially advances the front ferrule• Vibration fatigue resistance• Wide variety of configurations

Swagelok™ Fittings
Product

Qty.

Size

­Back Ferrule

pkg. 5

1/16 in.
N9300036

1/4 in.

N9300030
N9301259

pkg. 1

1/8 in.

Front Ferrule

pkg. 5

1/16 in.
1/8 in.

pkg. 1

Male Connector

pkg. 1

Nut

pkg. 5­Plugpkg. 1

pkg. 2

Union Teepkg. 1

Reducing Union

pkg. 1

N9300043
N9300039
N9300033

1/4 in.

N9300031
N9301266

1/8 in. to 1/8 in. NPT

N9301253

1/8 in. to 1/4 in. NPT

N9301254

1/4 in. to 1/8 in. NPT

N9301255

1/4 in. to 1/4 in. NPT

N9301269

1/16 in.

N9300058

N9300059

1/8 in.

N9300056

N9300057

1/4 in.

N9300054

N9300055
N9300053

1/16 in.
N9300060

N9300061

1/4 in.

N9301268

1/16 in.

N9300048

N9300049

1/8 in.

N9300046

N9300047

1/4 in.

N9300044

1/8 in.

N9301222

1/4 in.

N9301223
N9301225

1/8 in. to 1/16 in.
1/4 in. to 1/8 in.

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

N9300038

N9300037

1/4 in. tube to 1/8 in. NPT

1/8 in.
U­ nionStainless SteelPart No.
N9300042

1/8 in.
Cross Union

Male Adapter
Tube to Pipe

Brass
Part No.

BACK TO MAIN INDEX

N9300050

ORDER ONLINE

N9301226

108

THERMAL DESORPTION

Thermal Desorption
PerkinElmer offers a wide selection of superior quality
products designed to work with your PerkinElmer instruments.
Our precision designed products deliver the peace of mind thatcomes from knowing that you’ll get the results you need.

Quick Reference Index

Page

ATD Tubes

112

Cold Traps Fittings and Accessories

110

Conditioned Thermal Desorber Tubes

113

Packed Traps for PerkinElmer Thermal Desorbers 110
Soil Vapor Intrusion (SVI™) Tubes

113

Thermal Desorber Caps and Accessories

111

Thermal Desorber Starter Kit

111

TurboMatrix Thermal Desorption
Cold Trap Supplies

110

Unconditioned Thermal Desorber Tubes

112

Thermal Desorber
Starter Kit
Our convenient starter kit
includes all the products youneed to run the TurboMatrix
Thermal Desorber.

TurboMatrix Thermal
Desorption Cold Trap
Supplies
Used for U.S. EPA Method TO17, the PerkinElmer standard trap,
packed with Tenax™ on the TurboMatrix™ Thermal Desorber,
improves productivity and trapping capacity. The TurboMatrix air
monitoring trap is packed with carbonaceous sorbents suitablefor ozone precursor and air toxics monitoring.

Conditioned Thermal
Desorber Tubes
Stainless steel and glass
sample tubes are available
with a wide variety ofpacking materials fromsingle to multi-bed.

XRO™-440 and 640 Tubes
The new and unique Extended Range Organics XRO-440 and 640
Tubes have been designed to accommodate a target component
range from nC4 to nC44 and nC6 to nC44, respectively. They aresuitable for methods such as TO-17 and EPA-325.

CLICK THE ARROWSTO VIEW EACH PAGE

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

109

THERMAL DESORPTION
Packed Traps

Packed Traps
for PerkinElmer
Thermal Desorbers
Air Monitoring Trap
Low flow trap packed with carbonaceous sorbents suitablefor ozone precursor and air toxin monitoring.

TurboMatrix Thermal Desorption Cold Trap Supplies
Trap supplies from PerkinElmer, the market leader in thermal
desorption, will provide exceptional analytical performance.
Used for U.S. EPA Method TO17, the PerkinElmer standard trap,
packed with Tenax™, on the TurboMatrix™ Thermal Desorber, will
improve productivity and trapping capacity. The TurboMatrix air
monitoring trap is packed with carbonaceous sorbents suitablefor ozone precursor and air toxics monitoring.
Description

Qty.

Part No.

Cold Traps for TurboMatrix
Air Monitoring Trap

1

M0413628

Empty Trap

1

M0413627

Tenax™ TA 60/80 Packed Trap

1

M0413535

Carbopack® C Packed Trap

1

N6200150

Cold Traps for ATD 400
Trap Tube Low Flow, Empty(Narrow-bore at one end. Allows minimum
gas flow during trap desorption)

1

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

L4275107

Cold Traps Fittings and Accessories
Description

Qty.

Part No.

Graphite Ferrule2

L4271187

SilTite™ Ferrule (GC/MS) 0.5 mm

10N9306094

SilTite™ Ferrule (GC/MS) 0.8 mm

10N9306095

PTFE Ferrule

10

L4275110

Graphite/Vespel Ferrule for ATD 400

5L1003027

Valco® Graphite/Vespel® Ferrule for ATD 400

5L1003028

Trap Packing Retaining Spring

5

N6301054®

Cold Trap Packing Tool

L4271203

Regulator 0 – 60 psig

N6101474

Replacement Plastic Plunger for Gauze Loading Rig

L4071151

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

110

THERMAL DESORPTION
Starter Kit, Caps and Accessories

Thermal Desorber Caps
and Accessories

Thermal Desorber
Starter Kit
Our convenient starter kit includes all products you need to run
the TurboMatrix Thermal Desorber.
Features and Benefits• All items available under one part number in a convenient kit• Guaranteed PerkinElmer parts• Improved chromatography with exceptional analytical performanceusing PerkinElmer parts

Description

Part No.

Thermal Desorber Starter Kit

N6100448

Contents

Pkg.

Qty.

Part No.

Glass Fiber Separator Disks

20

1

L4271290

Glass Sample Tubes

10

1

M0413598

Glass Wool1

154120790

Graphite Ferrules

2

1

L4271187

O-ring5

1

L1003006

O-ring, Viton

1

1

L1003008

Packing Gauze

100

1

L4071034

PTFE Filter Discs

10

1

L1003030

PTFE Filter Discs – Large

10

1

L1003029

Retaining Spring

50

1

L4071123

Stainless Steel Retaining Spring

2

1

N6301054

Stainless Steel Sample Tubes – Capped

101

M0413595

Tenax TA 60/80, Mesh – 10 g

1

104978064

Trap Tube Nuts

2

1

L4275009

Trap Tubes

2

1

M0410094

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Description

Pkg.

Part No.

Brass Long-Term Storage Caps
Recommended for long-term storage, two required
per tube. Also requires PTFE Ferrule (L1003015)

109908851

Combined PTFE Ferrule For use with ¼ in. Brass LongTerm Storage Caps (09908851), two required per tube

5

L1003015

Diffusion Caps – Standard For passive air sampling,
to ensure correct diffusion path length10

L4070207

Pen Clips For Stainless Steel Thermal Desorber Tubes

10

L4071029

PFA PTFE Ferrules For TurboMatrix Storage End Caps

20

M0413625

TurboMatrix Analytical Caps PTFE Caps with O-ring,
Required for Use on the TurboMatrix Instrument
During Analysis

20

N6200119

Parofluor O-ring, 0.145 ID x 0.070 WD

09200091

Parofluor O-ring, 0.208 ID x 0.0707 WD

09200092

O-ring 0.208 ID x 0.0707 WD (Viton)

5

L1003006
09200093

Parofluor O-ring, 0.301 ID x 0.070 WD
O-ring 0.301 ID x 0.070 WD (Viton)

5

L1003008

Viton O-ring (for analytical end caps)

50

04970343

TBMTX TD 4.5 Coated SS Disk

N6711147

TBMTX TD Coated SS Disk Filter

N6711148

1/8 in. Graphite Ferrule

09920593

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

111

THERMAL DESORPTION
Oven and Unconditioned TD Tubes

Unconditioned Thermal
Desorber Tubes
For your convenience, newlow-cost thermal desorber tubes areoffered in both stainless steel andglass. Each tube maintains its uniqueserial number which is etched for easy
identification. Tubes are offered with a variety of sorbent
packing materials for many GC applications including indoor andoutdoor air monitoring, analysis of flavors and fragrances and theanalysis of outgassing from packaging, polymers, pharmaceuticals
and semi-conductor material. These tubes are unconditioned andship with plastic end caps for short-term storage.

Packed Unconditioned Sample Tubes,
Plastic End Caps (pkg. 10)
Description

Stainless SteelPart No.

Glass
Part No.

Air Toxics

N9307050

N9307058

Tenax™ GR 60/80

N9307053

Tenax™ TA 60/80

N9307054

Carbopack™ and Carbosieve™
Carbopack™ B 60/80
Carbopack™ C 60/80
Carbosieve™ SIII 60/80

N9307056

XRO™-440

N9307120

XRO -640

N9307122™

N9307062

Empty Sample Tubes without Caps
Description

Pkg.

Part No.

Stainless Steel10

L4270128

Glass

10

L4071594

Stainless Steel100

L4270129

Empty Sample Tubes with Plastic End Caps
Description

Pkg.

Part No.

Stainless Steel10

M0413595

Glass

10

M0413598

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

112

THERMAL DESORPTIONSVI and Conditioned TD Tubes

Soil Vapor Intrusion(SVI™) Tubes

Conditioned Thermal
Desorber Tubes
Stainless steel and glass sample
tubes are available with a wide
variety of packing materials
from single to multi-bed.
PerkinElmer Thermal Desorbertubes are printed with thepacking material and an arrow,
which points to the end of the
tube where sample is drawn
from, and also indicates the end
that desorb vapors will exit.

Soil vapor intrusion occurs when toxic compounds that arepresent in the air space in soil of a contaminated location haveways of entering a building, potentially creating a health risk. Our
new multi-bed construction extends the hydrocarbon range past
naphthalene while retaining the lighter components, enablinglarger sample volumes, hence, enhancing detection limits. Has aunique design that meets the challenges and criteria of the EPA
regulations for air monitoring.
Features and Benefits• After the analysis, tubes are clean and ready for re-sampling
reducing costs
Part No.

Stainless Steel TD Tubes Conditioned

N9306277

Stainless Steel TD Tubes Un-Conditioned

N9306278

Each tube is etched with a unique serial number for ease of
traceability and adsorbent identification. Stainless steel tubes
may also be fitted with clips that accept adhesive labels for
identification. Packed tubes are shipped with long-term brassstorage caps and all tubes are thermally conditioned and tested
for background and backpressure.

Packed Conditioned Sample Tubes, Brass Long-Term
Storage End Caps (pkg. 10)‘NOT for Analytical test applications’, use N6200119 PTFE caps
and O-rings. (pkg. 20).

• From chloromethane through diesel range hydrocarbons

Description

Fully conditioned
Thermal Desorber tubes

The new and unique Extended Range Organics XRO™ 440
and 640 Tubes have been designed to accommodate a target
component range from nC4 to nC44 and nC6 to nC44, respectively.
They are suitable for methods such as TO-17 and EPA-325.
Description

XRO™-640
XRO™-440
Carbopack C/B + Carbosieve™ SIII™

Carbotrap™ C/B

Stainless SteelPart No.

Glass
Part No.

Air Toxics

N9307001

N9307008

Carbopack™ B60/80

N9307002

Tenax™ GR 60/80

N9307004

PKI Tenax™ TA 60/80

N9309130

Tenax™ TA 60/80

N9307005

Soil Vapor Intrusion™

Chromasorb 60/80

N9307006

NIOSH 2549

Carbopack™ and Carbosieve™
Carbopack™ B 60/80
Carbopack™ C 60/80
Carbosieve™ SIII 60/80

N9307000

Carbotrap™ C/B 20/40

N9307026™

Air Toxics
Tenax™ GR
Tenax™ TANIOSH 2549

N9307038

Chromosorb™ 106

XRO™-440

N9307121

Carbopack B

XRO -640

N9307123

XRO™ Calibration Tubes

N9307124™

™

Carbosieve SIII™

N9307012

C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C16 C20 C26 C30 C44
Carbon Number
Selecting the right sorbent tube.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

113

ARNEL ANALYZER CONSUMABLES

Arnel Analyzer
Consumables

ValvesPerkinElmer offers a wide selection of superior quality
products designed to work with your PerkinElmer instruments.
Our precision designed products deliver the peace of mind thatcomes from knowing that you’ll get the results you need.

Quick Reference Index

Page

Arnel Analyzers

115

Arnel Analyzers Applications Highlights

122

Arnel Sample Loops

119

Arnel Service Spares Kit

118

Replacement Column Sets for Standard
Arnel Refinery Gas Analyzers

116

Replacement Column Sets for Standard
Arnel Natural Gas Analyzers

116

Replacement Column Sets for Other
Standard Arnel Analyzers

116

Calibration Material

121

Capillary Columns for Arnel
Engineered Analyzers

115

Fused Silica Adaptors

121

Gas Sampling Valve Kits

119

Liquid Sample Valves and Accessories

117

Permeation Tubes

120

Sample Loops

119

Sampling and Installation Parts

120

SCD Maintenance

120

Standoffs

119

Methanizers

121

Nuts and Ferrules

120

Union and Tees

121

Valves117

CLICK THE ARROWSTO VIEW EACH PAGE

A majority of the Arnel configurations
utilize two different types of valves.
Most can be categorized as external
volume injectors while the other typeis an internal sample injector.

Sample Loops
A range of stainless steel sample loops
are available for varying applications;with injection volumes from 100 µL to
5 mL and options for 6, 8 or 10 port
valves. The Arnel sample loops are set
apart from standard stainless steel loops
due to the materials that are used intheir manufacture.

Capillary Columns
for Arnel Engineered
Analyzers
PerkinElmer capillary column replacement sets are available fora wide range of applications. From refinery and natural gas tospecific and also including many standard methods, ASTM andtrace gases for example.

Calibration Materials
Our calibration gas blends were formulated to be
used exclusively in our Refinery and Natural Gas
Analyzers. These are the same test gases that areused in the verification and validation processes
that take place at our factory.

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

114

ARNEL ANALYZER CONSUMABLES

Arnel Analyzers
The measurement of semivolatile and volatile compounds in petrochemical feeds, processes and products can be easily
accomplished with turnkey analyzers and systems designed to meet accepted standard methods. PerkinElmer’s Arnel™ analyzers
offer a market leading customized chromatography solution. We provide, install, and support a full range of guaranteed analyzers,
systems and accessories.

Arnel

We have an APP for that!

The Arnel Group within PerkinElmer Gas Chromatography is responsible for providing complete engineered
solutions for a wide array of often encountered analytical problems. Do you have the need for a custom solution to
perform ASTM or other regulated methods in your lab? Some of the types of analyzers Arnel has supplied are foundin the list of categories shown here:
Natural Gas/NGL
Condensates
LPG
Refinery/Light Hydrocarbon Gas
Olefins
Aromatics
Oxygenates
Industrial Solvents
Naphthas
Gasoline
Distillates
Lube Oils/Waxes
Crude Oils
Asphalt
Bulk Gases
Trace Gases
TOGA
SCD

Capillary Columns for Arnel Engineered Analyzers
Why would you compromise your gas chromatography by accepting cheap substitutes when replacing the columns in yourArnel Analyzer? Use only genuine PerkinElmer column sets as replacements to meet your specific chromatographic needs.

Don’t see what you need?
Please contact your local PerkinElmer sales representative for replacement column sets for Custom Engineered Arnel Analyzers
or for more information about our Arnel Engineered Solutions Analyzers.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

115

ARNEL ANALYZER CONSUMABLES
Replacement Column Sets
Replacement Column Sets for Standard Arnel Refinery Gas Analyzers
Model

Description

Part No.

1115

Replacement Column Set for the Arnel RGA – Three channel RGA; Hydrocarbons (FID), Light Gases (TCD) and He/H2 channel (TCD)

N6107033

1116

Replacement Column Set for the RGA Model 1116
– Three channel RGA; Hydrocarbons (TCD) and Light Gases (TCD) + He/H2 channel (TCD)

N6107033

Replacement column set for the hydrocarbon channel in any RGA model

NR00HC15

Other
Hydrocarbon channel

Replacement Column Sets for Standard Arnel Natural Gas Analyzers
Model

Description

Part No.

2000

Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2000 – Detection of hydrocarbons

N6107040
N6107040

2001

Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2001 – Detection of hydrocarbons, CO2, air and H2S

2003

Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2003 – Separation of O2 and N2

N6107052

2006

Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2006 – Detection of hydrocarbons, CO2, air and H2S

N6107056

2008

Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2008 – Separation of O2 and N2 (with capillary channel)

N6107060

2108

Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2108 – Separation of O2, N2 and He/H2 (with capillary channel)

N6107061

2201

Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2201 – Detection of hydrocarbons, CO2, air and H2S + LSV

N6107040

2203

Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2203 – Separation of O2 and N2 + LSV

N6107052

2206

Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2206 – Detection of hydrocarbons, CO2, air, and H2S + LSV

N6107056

2208

Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2208 – Separation of O2 and N2 (with capillary channel) + LSV

N6107060

2406

Replacement Column Set for the NGA Model 2406 – Detection of hydrocarbons, CO2, air, and H2S + LSV

N6107056

Replacement Column Sets for Other Standard Arnel Analyzers
Model

Description

Part No.

3023

Sim Dis Capillary Column, COL C 10 x 0.53 x 2.65 MXT-2887

NR213000

3023

Sim Dis Capillary Column, COL C 5 x 0.53 x 0.10 MXT-1 HT

NR213314

4017

Replacement Column Set for the Model 4017 – Light and combustion gas

N6107222

4019

Replacement Column Set for the Model 4019 – Light and combustion gas

N6107224

4044

Replacement Column Set for the Model 4044 – Trace gases by DID and FID

NR004044

4087

Replacement Column Set for the Model 4087 – Transformer Oil Gases using ASTM 3612 Headspace Method C

NR004087

52XX

Replacement Column Set for the 52XX Workspace Air Monitoring System

NR005200

Note: Column sets are sold only as spares with an order, or as replacements to installed analyzers.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

116

ARNEL ANALYZER CONSUMABLES
ValvesValvesA majority of the Arnel configurations utilize two different types of valves. Most can be categorized
as external volume injectors while the other type is an internal sample injector. The injection volumeof an internal sample injector valve is determined by the size of etching on the rotor of the valve.
External volume sample size is determined by a sample loop outside the valve. External valves are usedprimarily for sample injection and/or switching applications. A valve used for just switching requires
another valve for sample injection. Valves include nuts and ferrules, but not loops.
Ports

Part No.

Max Temperature(C°)

Rotation

Max Pressure(psi)

Fitting(in.)

Material

Rotor Type

4 Port

N9302809

175

90°

400

1/16

Stainless SteelP

N9302813

350

90°

300

1/16

Stainless SteelT

N9302817

330

90°

300

1/8

Stainless SteelT

N9302810

175

60

400

1/16

Stainless SteelP

N9302897

N9302814

350

60

300

1/16

Stainless SteelT

N9302901

N9302818

330

60

300

1/8

Stainless SteelT

N9302905

N9302811

175

45

400

1/16

Stainless SteelP

N9302815

350

45

300

1/16

Stainless SteelT

N9302812

175

36

400

1/16

Stainless SteelP

N9302899

N9302816

350

36

300

1/16

Stainless SteelT

N9302903

6 Port8 Port10 PortReplacement
Rotor
Part No.

*(P) PTFE-Carbon Composite(T) Polyimide-PTFE-Carbon Composite.

Liquid Sample Valves
Arnel stainless steel liquid sample valves come with a complete valve, close-mount kit, actuator and valve mounting bracket.
Ports

Part No.

Volume(μL)

Rotation

Max Pressure(psi)

Fitting(in.)

MaterialMax
Temperature

Replacement
Rotor
Part No.

4

NR810070

0.2 and 0.5

90

1000

1/16

Stainless Steel

75 °C

NR510291

4

N9302802

0.2

90

500

1/16

Stainless Steel

75 °C

N9302889

4

N9302803

0.5

90

500

1/16

Stainless Steel

75 °C

N9302890

4N6107742

1

90

500

1/16

Stainless Steel

75 °C

Liquid Sample Valve Accessories
Description

Part No.

2 Micron In-line Filter – 1/8 in. Stainless Steel– Used on ‘Sample In’ line

N6107085

Check Valve (10 psi) – Brass– Used on ‘Sample Out’ Line

N6107086

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

117

ARNEL ANALYZER CONSUMABLES
Arnel Service Spares Kit

Arnel Service Spares Kit
Our Arnel GC systems utilize both standard GC parts, and parts specific to the Arnel configuration. To facilitate fast, easy
service and maintenance a spare kit is available containing essential hardware items. Individual part numbers are also listed to
streamline re-ordering.

Kit contents
Description

Qty

Part No.

Nut – TBG Hex 0.062 TBG SST

209903157

Ferrule – Front 1/16" SST

209903158

Ferrule – Back 1/16" SST

209903159

Union – 1/8" TBG SST

209903415

Cap – Tube End 0.125 TBG BRS

109903452

Valve – Toggle Brass

1

09903558

30 ml Plastic Pump Priming SYR 1 PC

109904849

Ferrule – TBG 1/8" Vespel

109920133

RDCR – 1/16" TBG 1/32" Port SST

309920163

Ferrule – TBG 1/16" Vespel

409920301

Nut – 1/16" STD 1/4" Hex X 0.425

8N9302832

Nut – 1/8" STD 3/8" Hex X 0.575

8N9302833

Ferrule – 1/16" 300 Series 0.145 OD

10

N9302835

Ferrule – 1/8" 300 Series 0.250 OD

10

N9302836

Union – 1/16" 1/32" B 0.010 Reducing

4

N9302838

Union – 1/16" Bore 0.029 1/4" Hex6

N9302839

Fused Silica Adapter – 1/16" 0.5 mm OD

4N9302846

Fused Silica Adapter – 1/16" 0.8 mm OD

4N9302847

Union – 2U Screen 1/16" Filter

1

N9302879

Rotor P 6 PT VLV

1

N9302897

Rotor P 10 PT VLV

1

N9302899

Magnetic Rotor Removal Tool

1

N9302914

Reducer – 1/8" 1/16" B 0.029 External

4

N9302917

Plug – ZP1 1/16"

1N9302918

Wrench 3/16"

1

N9306258

Bulkhead Reducing Union 1/8" – 1/16" Valco2

NR410110

FRL Polyimide 1/32" x 0.8

6NR410229

Tee 1/16" W/ 0.030 Bore Valco2

NR410245

Rotor P 8 PT VLV

1NR510417

FRL Vespel 1/32" x 0.5 mm

6NR510486

Tubing Nickel 1/16" x 0.030 (10 FT)

1NR710025-10

SS Tubing SF Treat 1/16" x 0.030 x 10 ft

1

NR710079-10

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

118

ARNEL ANALYZER CONSUMABLES
Generic Consumables

Standoffs

Arnel Sample Loops

A standoff supports both the actuator and the valve.
The standoff places the valve at the specific distance fromthe actuator. A 4 1/8 in. standoff is recommended for
mounting valves in PerkinElmer GC ovens. Standoff andactuator sold separately.

The Arnel sample loops are set apart from standard stainless steel
loops due to the materials that are used in their manufacture.
Arnel offers loops made of nickel and Sulfinert treated stainlesssteel tubing.
Description

Part No.

LengthPart No.

0.125 cc Nickel

NR950007

2 in.

N9302909

0.25 cc Nickel

NR950003

1.0 cc Nickel

NR950005

0.2 cc Sulfinert TreatedNR950009

3.0 cc Sulfinert TreatedNR950015

3 1/4 in.

N9302910

4 1/8 in.

N9302911

6 in.

N9302912

Description

Part No.

Close Mount Hardware Kit

N9302908

Sample Loops
VolumeSize(in.)

6 PortPart No.

100 µL

1/16

N9302851

8 PortPart No.

10 PortPart No.
N9302857

100 µL

1/8

N9302866

250 μL

1/16

N9302858
N9302859

500 µL

1/16

1 mL

1/16

N9302950

2 mL

1/16

N9302951

5 mL

1/16

N9302954

Gas Sampling Valve Kits

Description

Part No.

10 PT GSV Kit External Mounted

N6100563

Kit for mounting a gas sampling valve outside of the main oven
Kit contains: One each of: 10 port SS valve with P rotor, Closemount hardware,
36 deg Actuator, Angle Bracket, Mounting Kit, Solenoid Kit, 100 µL Sample Loop,
250 µL Sample Loop, 1 ml Sample loop
10 PT GSV Kit Oven Mounted

N6100564

Kit for mounting a gas sampling valve inside the main oven
Kit contains: One each of: 10 port SS valve with P rotor, 4” Standoff,
36 deg Actuator, Mounting Kit, Solenoid Kit, 100 µL Sample Loop,
250 µL Sample Loop, 1 ml Sample loop

N9302958

1/8 in. fitting loop for valves with 0.030 in. standard port diameter.
1/16 in. fitting loop for valves with 0.016 in. standard port diameter.w

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

119

ARNEL ANALYZER CONSUMABLES
Generic Consumables

Permeation Tubes

Nuts and Ferrules

Full NIST traceability using established
EPA and ASTM protocols by using theappropriate combination of permeation
devices. The permeation tubes are
certified to be permeating at a certain weigh and threshold(~+/– 2%). Uncertified tubes have an estimated rate and a verylarge threshold, up to + /– 25%.

Description

Part No.

Nuts
Nut 1/16 Stainless Steel– For use with Valco valves and fittings

09903980

Nut for 1/8 in. Tube Fitting – Stainless Steel– Used to make connections at FID, TCD, FPD, PID

09903453

Nut 1/16 in. Stainless Steel– Used to make connections at CAP, PSS and POC injectors

09903392
N9302833

Description

Part No.

Dimethylsulfide Permeation Tube (certified)

N6107361

Nut 1/8 in. – Stainless Steel– For use with Valco Valves and Fittings

Ethanol Permeation Tube (certified)

N6107362

FerrulesBenzene Permeation Tube (certified)

N6107363

FRL 1/16 in. 0.8 mm ID (pkg. 10)– For use with capillary columns 0.18 – 0.53 mm ID
and nut 09903392

09920141

FRL 1/16 in. 0.5 mm ID (pkg. 10)– For use with capillary columns 0.18 – 0.32 mm ID
and nut 09903392

09903700

FRL 1/32 in. 0.8 mm ID Polyamide– For use with 1/32 in. unions and fittings

NR410229

FRL 1/32 in. 0.8 mm ID Polyamide– For use with 1/32 in. unions and fittings (pkg. 5)

NR410229-5

Ferrule Set 1/16 in. Stainless Steel (pkg. 10)(1 front ferrule/1 back ferrule)

NR410049-10

SCD Maintenance
The SCD parts listed are to support the Agilent 355 Dual Plasma
Sulfur Chemilumenescence Detector (SCD).
Description

Part No.

12 Month Maintenance Kit for Dual Plasma SCD

N6107237

Ceramic Tube Package for the Dual Plasma SCD Burner

NR310502

12 Month Maintenance Kit for Single Plasma SCD

N6107209

Ceramic Tube Package for the Single Plasma SCD Burner

N6107313

These kits support the PAC SeNse® NCD and SCD detectors.
Description

Part No.

SeNse Consumable Sulfur Kit

NR333003

SeNse Spare Kit for the Consumable Kit

NR333004

FRL 1/16 in. Stainless Steel– For use with Valco Valves and Fittings

09903891

Ferrule 1/8 in. Graphite/Vespel– For use with packed columns union NR410110

09920133

Ferrule Reducing 1/8 in. – 1/16 in. ID Graphite/Vespel

09920301

FRL 1/32 in. 0.5 mm ID Polyamide– For use with 1/32 in. unions and fittings

NR510486

FRL 1/32 in. 0.5 mm ID Polyamide– For use with 1/32 in. unions and fittings (pkg. 5)

NR510486-5

Sampling andInstallation Parts
Description

Part No.

Sampling Accessories
Sampling Kit – Arnel GSV; Connects to 1/16 in. sample inlet line
for easy gas sample introduction– Content of kit: 3 – BD 30 mL Luer Lock Syringes, 1 6-pack ofneedles, 1 port adapter, 10 septa

N6100724

Installation Hardware
Tee 1/8 in. brass

09903170

Cross 1/8 in. brass

N9301259

Pre-cleaned copper tubing. 1/8 in. OD x 50 ft.

N9300077

VCR Gasket (PDID Channel)
Nickel Face Seal VCR Gasket – For use with PDID channel ‘Sample In’ line connections

BACK TO SECTION INDEXNR410252NBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

120

ARNEL ANALYZER CONSUMABLES
Generic Consumables

Fused Silica Adaptors

Methanizers

These adapters allow connection of fused silica to unions,valves and ports.

Description

Part No.

Methanizers
Replacement Methanizer Assembly for Models containing Arnel
Methanizers. For 115 V operation

N6107080

Replacement Methanizer Assembly for Models containing Arnel
Methanizers. For 230 V operation

N6107081

Calibration Material

Description

Part No.

Fused Silica Adapter 1/16 in. for 0.2 to 0.4 mm ID tube

NR510233

Fused Silica Adapter 1/16 in. for 0.4 to 0.5 mm ID tube

N9302846

Fused Silica Adapter 1/16 in. for 0.5 to 0.8 mm ID tube

NR510030

Union and Tees

Our calibration gas blends were
formulated to be used exclusively
in our Refinery and Natural
Gas Analyzers. These are thesame test gases that are used in
the verification and validation
processes that take place at ourfactory. Please contact your local
PerkinElmer sales representative
for more information about thecomposition of thegas blends.
Description

Part No.

RGA Calibration Blend with Syringe Adapter

N6107198

RGA Calibration Blend without Adapter

N6107199

NGA Calibration Blend with Syringe Adapter

N6107200

Description

Part No.

Union 1/16 x 0.75 mm ID bore
– Stainless Steel

N9302839

Union 1/16 x 0.75 mm ID bore
– Stainless Steel Silco treatedNR410175

ASTM D4815 Oxygenates in Gasoline Calibration Kit & Retention
Time Mixture, 11x2 mL & 1x1 mL

N9300289

Reducing union 1/16 in. to 1/32 in.
– Stainless Steel– For use with 1/16 in. Valco valves and fittings

09920163

Reference gas oil 5010 1% in carbon disulfide, 5x2 mL

N9308755

Simulated Distillation Reference Material for C5-C120, 1 mL

N9308794

Reference Gas Oil No. 2 for ASTM D2887, 10x1 mL

N9308795

PIANO (DHA) Standard ASTM Methods D5134, D6296, D6729,
D6730 and D6733, 10x1 mL

N9308798

Tee – 1/16 in. x 0.75 mm Bore– Stainless SteelNR410245

Tee – 1/32 in.
Low dead volume connector for capillary tubing/columns

NR410262

Bulkhead Reducing union 1/8 in. to 1/16 in.
– Stainless Steel.
For use with packed columns in rack

NR410110

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

121

ARNEL ANALYZER CONSUMABLES
Application Highlights

Arnel Analyzer Application Highlights
Methanol in Crude Oils According to ASTM D7059-04 Using a
Clarus GC with S-Swafer Micro-Channel Flow Technology.

The Determination of C2 to C5 Hydrocarbons in
Finished Gasolines using the PerkinElmer Clarus 680 GC
with Swafer Technology.

Column: Elite-1 30 m x 0.53 mm x 5.0 µm Part No. N9316052
S-Swafer Part No. N6520272

Column: Elite-WAX, 30 m x 0.25 mm x 0.5 µm Part No. N9316404
and Al2O3 PLOT/Na2SO4 50 m x 0.32 mm Part No. N6107777
S-Swafer Part No. N6520272

The Determination of Benzene and Toluene in Finished
Gasolines Containing Ethanol Using the PerkinElmer Clarus GC
with Swafer Technology.

Fast Simulated Distillation Analysis by Modified ASTM® D2887,
D6352 and D7169.

Column: 10 m x 0.53 mm x 2.65 μm MXT-2887 Part No. NR213000
Column: Elite-1, 30 m x 0.25 mm x 0.25 µm Part No. N9316010
and COL-Elite-TCEP 60 m 0.25 mm 0.40 µm Part No. N6107760
S-Swafer Part No. N6520272

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

122

TORION ACCESSORIES & CONSUMABLES

Torion Accessories &Consumables

Custodion SPME Syringes

PerkinElmer offers a wide selection of superior quality
products designed to work with your PerkinElmer instruments.
Our precision designed products deliver the peace of mind thatcomes from knowing that you’ll get the results you need.

Quick Reference Index

Page

Accessory Kits

126

Battery Options

127

Calion Chemical Standards

127

Carrier Gas Consumables

126

Conventional Trap Sample Collection Tubes

125

Custodion Needle Trap Samplers

125

Custodion SPME Samplers

125

Liners, Seals and Filaments

127

Needle Trap Kits

126

Sampling Accessories

125

SPS-3 Consumables

126

Spare Parts

127

Starter Kits

125

Torion T-9 Portable GC/MS

124

CLICK THE ARROWSTO VIEW EACH PAGE

The Custodion® SPME (Solid Phase
Microextraction) syringes useful forsampling and identification of a wide
range of volatiles and semi-volatilecompounds while in the field; usedconjunction with the Torion T-9
portable system.

Custodion Needle Trap
– Basic Kit
Our Custodion needle trap kits enable
users to collect air samples in the field,
adsorbing analytes directly onto our novel
Custodion needle trap devices.

Calion ChemicalStandards
Calion standards are premixed andadsorbed into a solid phase. Thesestandards are ideal for in-field use because
they contain no liquids.

Merlin Seal
The Merlin Microseal is an alternative tothe conventional silicone rubber septa.
Its unique design is ideal to use with theCustodion SPME and Needle Trap.

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

123

TORION ACCESSORIES & CONSUMABLES
Torian T-9 portable GC/MS

Torion T-9 portable GC/MS

Volatile organic compound screening in soil using SPME-GC/MS.

PerkinElmer’s Torion® T-9 is a portable GC/MS integrating a highspeed Low Thermal Mass (LTM) capillary GC with a miniaturizedtoroidal ion trap mass spectrometer (TMS). It is designed to be
carried in the field and is ideal for rapid screening of chemicals
such as environmental volatiles and semi-volatiles (VOCs/SVOCs),
explosives, chemical threats, and hazardous substances. The Torion
T-9 family includes accessories for sampling air, water and soil.

Time(s)SPME Phase: Divinylbenzene/Polydimethylsiloxane (DVB/PDMS, 65 µm)

Rapid identification of illicit drug substances using thermal
desorption coupled with a portable toroidal trap GC/MS system.

Method development for identification of adulterated spirits
using field portable GC/MS.

SPME Phase: Polydimethylsiloxane/divinylbenzene/carboxen (PDMS/DVB/CAR)SPME Phase: Divinylbenzene/Polydimethylsiloxane (DVB/PDMS, 65 µm)

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

124

TORION ACCESSORIES & CONSUMABLES
Starter Kits and Sampling Accessories

Starter Kits
Two different starter kits are available to provide everything you need to get up and running with ease.
Description

Qty.

Torion T-9 Basic Package.

Description

Part No.

Qty.

Torion T-9 Advanced Kit.

NTSST090505

Part No.
NTSST090506

BB-2590 Charger

109400003

Transcend 32 GB Class 10 SDHC/SDXC UHS-I

1

09400003

6

NTS25700012

Merlin Seal 19 GA for SPME NT Injector

12

NTS25700012

SRN SPME 19G BT W/DVB/PDMS 3 Rep Fibers

1

NTSC19SN3B171

SRN SPME 19G BT W/DVB/PDMS 3 Rep Fibers

2

NTSC19SN3B171

Filament Assembly for T-9

1

NTSS0070034

Filament Assembly for T-9

1

NTSS0070034

GC Injector Liner Deactivated Gasket

1

NTSS20000021CG

GC Injector Liner Deactivated Gasket

1

NTSS20000021CG

Spare Cable Kit for ION Trap

1

NTSST090012

Spare Cable Kit for ION Trap

2

NTSST090012

ION Spare O-ring Kit Trap

1

NTSST090045

ION Spare O-ring Kit Trap

2

NTSST090045

Spare Screws and Washer Kit

1

NTSST090047

Spare Screws and Washer Kit

2

NTSST090047

Description

Qty.

Part No.

Custodion Needle Trap (NT) Syringe,
19 gauge blunt needle

1

NTSC19NTB200

Custodion Needle Trap (NT) Syringe,
19 gauge blunt needle

3

NTSC19NTB203

Custodion Needle Trap (NT) Syringe,
19 gauge blunt needle

5

NTSC19NTB205

1

Transcend 32 GB Class 10 SDHC/SDXC UHS-I
Merlin Seal 19 GA for SPME NT Injector

109280440

09280440

BB-2590 Charger

Sampling Accessories
Custodion Needle Trap Samplers
The Custodion Needle Trap (NT) is a miniature thermal desorption
tube used for extracting and concentrating volatile compounds
from air samples used with the Clairion pump. The Custodion-NT
should be used with a flow rate range of 5 – 15 mL/min. The
Custodion-NT is small enough to desorb samples directly into
the Torion T-9 portable GC/MS. The NT is packed with 3 different
adsorption beds to give it a broad range of chemical compatibility.

Custodion SPME & CME Syringes
The Custodion SPME is ideal for quick screening andidentification of volatiles. The active phase on the fiber is DVB/PDMS (Divinylbenzene/Poyldimethylsiloxane), a general purpose
material useful for a wide range of volatilities and chemistries.
The Custodion CME Syringes are innovative coiled
microextraction sampling devices. CME is ideal for samplingliquids and dissolved solid samples. It has versatile uses including,forensic science, illicit drug screening, HAZMAT, military,
environmental and food safety applications. CME uses capillaryaction to draw liquid sample up into the coiled wire. It is a nonspecific sampling device and can be used for applications where
SPME isn’t ideal.

Custodion SPME Samplers
Description

Qty.

Part No.

Custodion CME Syringe, 19 gauge,
with one replacement coilPkg. 1

NTSC19SNB191

Custodion CME Syringe, 19 gauge,
with three replacement coils

Pkg. 1

NTSC19SN3B191

With needle trap (NT)With conventional trap (CT)

Custodion Needle Trap

Conventional Trap Sample Collection Tubes
Conventional Trap (CT) sample tubes
allow for faster sampling of larger air
volumes compared to direct samplingwith the Needle Trap. The CustodionCT accommodates a flow rate range of 5 – 100 mL/min. The
Custodion-CT is used in conjunction with the Clairion pump for
sample collection. Sample analysis requires the SPS-3 to transfer
the sample onto a Needle Trap for analysis on the T-9.
Description

Part No.

Carbopack B 60/80 Pre-conditioned Sample Tubes (pkg. 10)

N9307002

Carbotrap 349 Pre-conditioned Sample Tubes (pkg. 10)

N9307038

Carbopack B/C/S-III Pre-Conditioned Sample Tubes (pkg. 10)

N9307000

Visit www.PerkinElmer.com for additional sample collection tubes.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

125

TORION ACCESSORIES & CONSUMABLES
Needle Trap Kits and Generic Consumables

Needle Trap Kits

SPS-3 Consumables

Our Custodion Needle Trap Kits enable
users to collect air samples in the field,
adsorbing analytes directly onto ournovel Custodion Needle Trap devices.
The Needle Trap then directly injectsamples into our portable GC/MS, theTorion T-9, allowing users to collect,
inject and analyze air samples right at
the sample’s source.

Replacement Seal Kits
Replacement Seal and O-ring kits for SPS-3 and Accessories.

Description

The Clairion pump can operate for up to 27 hours at 1 L/min ona single charge.
Description

Part No.

Clairion Needle Trap Basic Kit (No Pump)

NTSSCL60705NP

Custodion Needle Trap Syringe, 19 gauge blunt needle
Clairion NT-Pump Interface, basic
O-ring/Seal Replacement Kit
Seal Removal Tool
Clairion Needle Trap Basic Kit, 110 V

NTSSCL60705

Clairion Basic Pump, 110 V
Clairion Transport Case with Foam Insert
Clairion NT-Pump Interface, Basic
Custodion Needle Trap
O-ring/Seal Replacement Kit
Seal Removal Tool
USB Drive with Pump User Manual
Clairion Needle Trap Basic Kit, 220 V

NTSSCL60705I

Clairion Basic Pump, 220 V
Clairion Transport Case with Foam Insert
Clairion NT-Pump Interface, Basic
Custodion Needle Trap
O-ring/Seal Replacement Kit
Seal Removal Tool
USB Drive with Pump User Manual
Clairion Conventional Trap Basic Kit, 220 V

Part No.

Internal Standard Module Seal Kit

NTSSPS30013

CT Holder Seal Kit

NTSSPS30011

CT Handle Seal Kit

NTSSPS30014

Carrier Gas Consumables
Disposable helium gas cylinder is a 98 mL stainless steel cylinder
at ~2500 psi. Helium cylinders are used for both the T-9 GC/MSand SPS-3 during portable operation.
Description

Qty.

Purity %Part No.

Ultra-high purity 98 mL disposable helium gas
cylinder299.95%NTSST090035

Ultra-high purity 98 mL disposable helium gas
cylinder699.95%NTSST090036

Ultra-high purity 98 mL disposable helium gas
cylinder1299.95%NTSST090037

High purity 98 mL disposable helium gas cylinder

6

99.50%NTSSG070036

High purity 98 mL disposable helium gas cylinder

12

99.50%NTSSG070037

NTSSCL60706I

Clairion Basic Pump, 220 V
Clairion Transport Case with Foam Insert
Clairion CT-Pump Interface, Basic
Whatever O-ring Kit is necessary
USB Drive with Pump User Manual

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

126

TORION ACCESSORIES & CONSUMABLES
Calion Standards and Generic Consumables

Calion ChemicalStandards

Liners, Seals
and Filaments

Calion standards are premixed and adsorbed into a solid phase.
These standards are ideal for in-field use because they containno liquids. Calion® PV Mixes are used for Torion T-9 calibration,
including both mass and GC retention time calibrations.
The combination of Custodion SPME sampling with Calion
standards provides robust and rapid capability for in-fieldcalibration because they contain no liquids. Calion® PV Mixes
are used for Torion T-9 calibration, including both mass and
GC retention time calibrations. The combination of Custodion
SPME sampling with Calion standards provides robust and rapid
capability for in-field calibration.

Mininert Vials used with Custodion
SPME Syringe and T-9 Instrument

Description

Part No.

GC Deactivated Injector Liner, removable 0. 048 in. ID,
for needle trap and SPMENTSS2000021CG

Replacement Filament Assembly for the T-9 Ion Source

NTSS0070034

Battery Options
Description

Part No.

Spare Li-Ion Rechargeable Battery for the T-9

NTS02750005

T-9 Single Bay Batter Charger

NTS02890001

Spare Parts

Calion IS internal standard mix is to be
used with the SPS-3 and Needle Traps forsemi-quantitative and quantitative analysis.

Description

Description

Qty.

Part No.

Standard Calion PV Mix (pkg. 1)

1

NTSSMIX011019

Standard Calion PV Mix (pkg. 3)

3

NTSSMIX031019

Internal Standard Ampule
used with the SPS-3

Description

Qty.

Part No.

Calion IS

1

NTSSMIX0160

BACK TO SECTION INDEXPart No.

SPS Conventional Trap Assembly
Mounts a Conventional Trap in a holder for use in the
SPS NTSSPS30002 and NTSSPS30003

NTSS0060016

Needle Trap to Pump Interface for SPS-3

NTSS00600071

Clairion CT to Pump INTFC O-ring Kit for the Conventional Trap
to Pump Interface

NTSSCL60708

Conventional Holder Seal and O-rings for SPS-3 for theConventional Trap Holder

NTSSPS30011

IS Gasket Seal O-ring Kit for SPS-3

NTSSPS30013

Conventional Handle Seal with O-ring Kit for SPS-3

NTSSPS30014

Clairion Seal Replacement Kit for the NT-to-Pump Interface

NTSSCL60713

SPS-3 Tool Kit

NTSSPS30020

Clairion Basic Air Pump, 110 V

NTSS00600041

Clairion Basic Air Pump, 220 V

NTSS00600043

External Battery Cable, ‘Pig Tail’NTSCBL80020

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

127

GAS MANAGEMENT

Gas Management

Flowmeter Plus

PerkinElmer offers a wide selection of superior quality
products designed to work with your PerkinElmer instruments.
Our precision designed products deliver the peace of mind thatcomes from knowing that you’ll get the results you need.

The Flowmeter Plus is a valuable tool
for troubleshooting detector problems.
Measuring gas volumetrically eliminates
there is no need to select gas type.

Quick Reference Index

Page

Advanced Filter System for GC

139

Basic Tool Kit

146

Click-On Inline Super Clean™ Purifiers

144

Delux Tool Kit

146

EVO Nitrogen Generators

129

FID Gas Station

137

FlowMark Electronic Flowmeter

149

Flowmeter Plus

149

GC Startup Kits

146

Genius Gas (Nitrogen and Air) Generators

131

N2 Mini Whisper and Whisper Generators

130

PG-H2 Plus, NM-H2 Plus
Hydrogen Generators

135-136

Ultra Clean Gas Filters for GC and GC/MS

140-143

Ultra Clean Gas Filters for LC/MS

133-134

Zero and Ultra Air Generators

CLICK THE ARROWSTO VIEW EACH PAGE

Advanced Filter
SystemGas purifiers remove contaminantsfrom gas sources, thereby improving
system performance. The Advanced
Filter System has high capacity andefficiency levels for oxygen, waterand hydrocarbons.

Click-On Inline
Super Clean™ Purifiers
Using the Click-On
Connectors lets you change
the trap without introducing
contaminants into your system.
Click-On connectors can replacea trap, without introducing
impurities into the system. Thisin turn eliminates the need toflush the system.

138

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

128

GAS MANAGEMENT
LC/MS Gas Management

Gas Generators – Simply a Smarter Choice
Analytical gas generators can remove the requirement for high-pressure cylinder gases and are typically placed next
to the instrument they are servicing. This removes any need for extended gas lines and negates any associated problems
impacting on purity, cost and convenience.
The latest gas generators from PerkinElmer utilize new technologies in adsorbents, catalysts, and specialist micro dryers to produce acontinual supply of ultra-high purity gases to your instrumentation. This all but eliminates the introduction of impurities, which can be
reduced further by the installation of in-line gas purifiers.

Nitrogen Generators
EVO Nitrogen Generators
The EVO N2 nitrogen generators
are designed as a full ‘plug andplay’ solution with integral oil
free, low noise compressors. The
EVO Nitrogen hybrid gas model
was specifically designed to meetthe flow, purity and pressure
requirements of the LC/MS /MSapplications of AB SCIEX withappropriate pressures and flows ofnitrogen. The simple and provenpressure swing adsorption (PSA)
technology is employed to remove nitrogen from compressed
air. Carbon molecular sieves (CMS) adsorb remaining oxygen
and traces of humidity. These generators require minimal
maintenance and operator attention. They are CE CSA certified.

Technical Specifications for all Nitrogen Generators
Description

99.5 %

Outlet Pressure

8 bar/120 psi

Height64.1 cm (25.2 in.)Width

48.2 cm (19 in.)

Depth

83.5 cm (32.9 in.)

Weight121 kg (266 lbs)

Operating Temperature+10 °C to +40 °C (+50 °F to +104 °F)

Operating Relative Humidity

0 – 80 % rF, no condense/0 – 99 % rF
with condense drain

Power Consumption

1300 Watt

Circuit Breaker

10 A for 230 V ; 15 A for 110 V

Heat Dissipation Approx
Nitrogen Model
EVO N2

EVO N2 Hybrid

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Specification

PurityBACK TO MAIN INDEX

2700 Btu/h
Flow Rate

Voltage(V)

Part No.

25 L/min220

N9308573

35 L/min115

N9308588

35 L/min220

N9308574

Up to 10 L/min +/– 1.5 L/min(at atmospheric pressure)
35 L/min of AIR@116 psi

220

N9308576

ORDER ONLINE

129

GAS MANAGEMENT
LC/MS Gas Management
N2 Whisper Generators
The Whisper nitrogen generator has been developed to meet
specific requirements in terms of flow, purity and pressure in
LC/MS applications. It can also be used for the evaporation ofsolvents in samples being analyzed. The simple high efficiency
membrane technology allows nitrogen separation from other air
components present within the supplied compressed air.
Better results: The constant purity of nitrogen improves systemstability and ensures reproducible results.
Saving you money: Initial investment is typically paid back inless than a year. No plumbing is required to transfer gas from thestoreroom to the lab.
Better lab efficiency: Constant supply of high quality nitrogen,in line with your application demands. Gas cylinders are often
insufficient to ensure the large nitrogen volumes needed in
LC/MS techniques.
Improved safety: Nitrogen is produced at low pressure androom temperature eliminating the risks related to high pressuregas bottle use and the hazards associated with liquid nitrogen.
Simple installation: A plug and play approach.
The wall-mounted installation saves precious bench space!

N2 Whisper Generator

Technical Specifications
Description

N2 Mini Whisper Generators
Based upon the Whisper generator, the Mini Whisper Nitrogengenerator provides the same high purity nitrogen, but at a lower
flow rate. It is ideally suited to ELSD applications as well as
LC/MS analysis.
The simple yet high efficiency membrane technology allows
the separation of nitrogen from the other components of thecompressed air inlet.
The low pressure drop allows the unit to be connected to an
existing dry and oil-free compressed air source in the lab.

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

N2 Mini Whisper Generator

Purity(based on outlet flow)
Outlet Pressure

Whisper

Mini Whisper> 98 – 99.5 %> 98 – 99.5 %

7 bar

7 bar

Height115 cm (45.3 in.)73.5 cm (28.9 in.)Width

48 cm (19 in.)

34.8 cm (13.7 in.)Depth

26 cm (10.2 in.)35 cm (13.8 in.)

Weight15 kg (33 lbs) ;18 kg (39 lbs);
21 kg (46 lbs)

8 kg (18 lbs)

Operating Temperature+10 °C to +35 °C(+50 °F to +95 °F)+10 °C to +35 °C(+50 °F to +95 °F)

Air Compressor Supplied

NO

NOElectrical Requirements

None

None

Background Noise

None

None

Connections

1/4 G

1/4 G

Description

Flow Rate

Part No.

Whisper

40 L/min

N9306285

Mini Whisper

12 L/min

N9306288

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

130GAS MANAGEMENT
LC, LC/MS Gas Management

Genius Gas Generators
With curated and dedicated gas solutions for PerkinElmer, PEAK Scientific has developed optimal performing gas generators for your lab. The
generators are engineered for your instrument to deliver the consistent flow and purity you demand, at the push of a button. If you’re looking
for a gas generator that you can rely on, is cost efficient, and highly efficient in streamlining your workflow – look no further than PEAK. With
training and certification from PEAK, our PerkinElmer engineers are prepared for available services from installation, preventative maintenance,and general needs, we’ve got you covered worldwide. With us, you can be assured your lab is running smoothly – day to day, analysis to analysis.

Genius XE QSDGenius 1025

Nitrogen and Air Generator for PerkinElmer
QSight® Dual Source LC/MS/MS

Nitrogen and Air Generator for
PerkinElmer Instrumentation

Advanced technology coupled with robustfeatures, Genius XE QSD provides a quality
standalone nitrogen solution custom
designed to meet the requirements of our
QSight Dual Source LC/MS/MS.

With up to 15 L/min of LC/MS grade
nitrogen and up to 35 L/min of air being
produced in a single output, the Genius
1025 was specifically designed to meetthe requirements of our QSight Triple
Quad 110 and 210 Single Source LC/MS/MS systems.
This gas generator was outfitted using membrane technology to
produce LC/MS grade purity and an internal air dryer to be an
all-in-one solution.

Featuring dual outlets (nitrogen and air), the generator was built
to reduce size, noise, and heat emissions. Genius XE QSD has
been tested and validated by our trusted engineers for use with
the QSight and accompanied by factory pre-set pressures whichallows for flows to meet the precise demands of our system.
Features and Benefits• Multi-Stage Drying Filtration to efficiently remove moisture andcontaminants, providing a consistent quality of gas• Low environmental lab impact with low noise and heat emissions• Next-generation high performance premium compressors• Intuitive LED Service Indication• ECO (Electronic Compressor Optimisation™) technology for low
energy consumption and compressor durability• F ixed annual maintenance schedule•O ne year manufacturer’s warranty
Description

Genius XE QSDPart Number

N2800014

Nitrogen Maximum Flow

16 L/min @ 5.52 bar (0.57 cfm @ 80 psi)

Air Maximum Flow

67 L/min @ 7.58 bar (2.37 cfm @ 110 psi)

Dewpoint

Nitrogen ≤ -40 °C Dry Air ≤ -20 °C

Gas Outlets

2 x ¼” BSPP

Drain Outlet

1 x ¼” BSPP

Particles<0.01 μm

Phthalates

None

Suspended Liquids

None

Operating Temperature

15 °C (59 °F) to 30 °C (86 °F)

Electrical Requirements

220-240 V ± 10% 50/60 Hz

Power Consumption

1.64 kVA

Heat Output<5545 BTU

Noise Level

57dB(A) @ 1 m

Dimensions (HxWxD)

700 x 570 x 897 mm 27.6 x 22.5 x 35.4 in.

Weight153 kg

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Features and Benefits• S elf-contained solution with integrated compressors so no need foran external air supply• E conomical and efficient source of nitrogen/dry air with low lifetime
running costs• E asy to use – gas at the push of a button•O ne year on-site warranty
Description

Genius 1025

Part Number

N2800012

Maximum Flow

Up to 15 L/min Nitrogenand up to 35 L/min Dry Air

Min/Max Pressure

Up to 80 psi Nitrogenand up to 110 psi Dry Air

Gas Outlets

2 x ¼” BSPP

Maximum Relative Humidity

80% Non-Condensing

Maximum Altitude2000 mParticles<0.01 μm

Phthalates

None

Suspended Liquids

None

Operating Temperature

5 °C (41 °F) to 30 °C (86 °F)

Electrical Requirements

230 V ± 10% 50/60 Hz 7A

Power Consumption<1,265 VA

Heat Output

3,925 BTU/Hr

Noise Level

57dB(A) @ 1m

Dimensions (HxWxD)

713 x 600 x 750 mm 28.1 x 23.7 x 29.6 in.

Weight108.5 kg / 239.3 lbs

Shipping Weight

137 kg / 302.1 lbs

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE131

GAS MANAGEMENT
LC/MS Gas Management

Ultra Clean Gas Filters for LC/MS
Cartridge systems make changing gas
filters quick and easy. A base plateallows cartridges to be exchanged
without introducing ambient air.
Spring-loaded check valves seal whena filter is removed and open only whena new filter has been locked in place.

Comparing baseline performance with PerkinElmer SuperClean
filters vs. a competitive polymer housed filter.

To meet the high flow needs of the
LC/MS system, the hydrocarbon or moisture filled cartridges are
positioned and placed in parallel. The incoming gas stream is split
equally between the cartridges and the two streams are re-joined
after purification but before the gas exits the base plate. Get up
and running with speed and benefit from increased sensitivity
by removing unwanted moisture and hydrocarbons. These filters
typically last 3 to 6 months.
When the easy to read indicators change color it is a signal ofa major leak upstream or downstream, a high concentration ofcontaminants or too late replacement or filter replacement isoverdue. This is the time to swap a filter.
Features and Benefits• High purity output insures 99.9999 % pure gas• No tool replacement of filter cartridges, no need to shutgas flow off with quick disconnect base plate• Easy to read indicators to determine replacement interval• Helium and Hydrogen specific cartridges available:
operational with 15 minute purge after installation• Safety shielding of glass filter with plastic cover• Serial numbered for ease of tracking• Ultra-high capacity

Impact of Gas Purity on LC/MS Sensitivity
The use of a gas purification filter on the nitrogen line for LC/MS
has an important influence on sensitivity. If no filter is used, thebackground is much higher and the S/N ratio is reduced (this canbe as much as a factor of 10).

LC/MS background is much lower and S/N ratio is higher when using a filter.

Without Filter

BACK TO SECTION INDEXWith PerkinElmer Filter on curtain gas

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE132

GAS MANAGEMENT
LC/MS Gas Management

Ultra Clean Gas Filters
and Kits for LC/MS

Ultra Clean Filter Base Plates for LC/MS

To meet the high flow needs of the LC/MS system, thehydrocarbon or moisture filled cartridges are positioned andplaced in parallel. The incoming gas stream is split equally
between the cartridges and the two streams are re-joined after
purification but before the gas exits the base plate. Get up andrunning with speed and benefit from increased sensitivity byremoving unwanted moisture and hydrocarbons.

Ultra-High Capacity Moisture Filter Bundle
High Flow moisturefilters are ideal for central
purifying solutions.
Moisture in carrier gas lines will prematurely degrade oxygen andhydrocarbon traps and increase detector noise. As a precaution,
we highly recommend installing a moisture trap before thehydrocarbon and oxygen traps on all carrier gas lines.
Capacity
H2O
Description

14.4 gSpecification

Outlet Gas Quality (%)> 99.9999

Maximum Pressure

15 bar (217 psi)

Maximum Flow

Qty.

Part No.

Ultra Clean Base Plate 1 Position – 1/8 in. Brass

1

N9306801

Ultra Clean Base Plate 1 Position – 1/8 in. Stainless Steel

1

N9306803

Ultra Clean Base Plate 2 Position – 1/8 in. Brass

1

N9306805

Ultra Clean Base Plate 2 Position – 1/8 in. Stainless Steel

1

N9306807

Ultra Clean Base Plate 3 Position – 1/8 in. Brass

1

N9306811

Ultra Clean Base Plate 3 Position – 1/8 in. Stainless Steel

1

N9306813

Replacement Filter Bundles for LC/MS
Description

Qty.

Part No.

Ultra Clean High Flow Hydrocarbon Filter Bundle:
Includes (2) High Flow Hydrocarbon Filters

1 bundleof 2
cartridges

N9306823

Ultra Clean High Flow Moisture Filter Bundle:
Includes (2) High Flow Moisture Filters

1 bundleof 2
cartridges

N9306824

20 L/min

Usable For

Inert carrier gas, He, H2, N2, Ar, Air

Dimensions

24 cm x Ø 4.4 cm

WeightDescription

0.26 Kg

Estimated Lifetime

3 to 6 months

Part No.

N9306824

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

133

GAS MANAGEMENT
LC/MS Gas Management
Ultra Clean Replacement Individual Cartridge Filters
for LC and LC/MS
Description

Qty.

Part No.

Ultra Clean Moisture Filter

1

N9306814

Ultra Clean Oxygen Filter

1

N9306815

Ultra Clean Hydrocarbon Filter

1

N9306816

Ultra Clean Combi(Hydrocarbon/Moisture) Filter

1

N9306818

Ultra Clean Triple(Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon) Filter

1

N9306819

Ultra Clean Triple(Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon)
Helium-specific Filter

1

N9306820

Ultra Clean Triple(Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon)
Hydrogen-specific Filter

1

N9306822

Base Plates
Ultra Clean High Flow Base Plates for LC/MS
Description

Qty.

Part No.

Ultra Clean High Flow base plate 2 position – 1/4 in.
Brass: Includes 1/4 in. Stainless Steel particle filter

1

N9306808

BACK TO SECTION INDEXHigh Capacity
Hydrocarbon Trap
Description

Part No.

High Capacity Hydrocarbon Trap

N9301208• Eliminates potential hydrocarbon background to insure best
LC/MS results• Contains 750 cc of preconditioned activated charcoal• Stainless steel body. 1/4 in. brass compression fittings withferrules for installation• Maximum pressure 200 psi• Recommended flow rate up to 2 Liters/minute• Will remove hydrocarbon impurities (50 ppm or less) frominert gases, nitrogen and hydrogen at room temperature
to low ppb range• Capacity of 67 g of hydrocarbons C5 and heavier• 10 µm stainless steel porous frits protect gas stream
from particulates• Individually helium leak tested. Shipped filled with helium• 2 in. OD x 20 in. L (including fittings)• Weight 3.5 lb/1.6 kg• Maximum flow rate 57 SLPM, reduces hydrocarbons< 5 ppb at outlet

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

134

GAS MANAGEMENT
GC, GC/MS Gas Management

Gas Generators – Simply
a Smarter Choice
Analytical gas generators can remove the requirement for
high-pressure cylinder gases and are typically placed next
to the instrument they are servicing. This removes any needfor extended gas lines and negates any associated problems
impacting on purity, cost and convenience.
The latest gas generators from PerkinElmer utilize newtechnologies in adsorbents, catalysts, and specialist micro dryers
to produce a continual supply of ultra-high purity gases to yourinstrumentation. This all but eliminates the introduction of
impurities, which can be reduced further by the installationof in-line gas purifiers.

A Safe Source of Hydrogen
The PG-H2 generators have an auto shutoff procedure thatplaces the units in standby in the event of an internal error
and selectable alarms allow the user to be informed wheneveroperating conditions vary from the set point. They are CE CSA
FCC certified.

Hydrogen Generators
PerkinElmer offer a range of hydrogen generators to cater forthe varying configurations of gas supply required across different
laboratories and applications.

Applications
This series of generators are ideal for use with GC detectors suchas FID, NPD, TCD and FPD.

Hydrogen Generator Options and Capabilities
Model

PG PlusGC Detector GC, GC/MS
Gas
Carrier Gas
Applications Applications

Zero Air

Automatic DesiccantCascading Cartridge to
Capability
Replace■NM Plus■■

FID GasStation
Plus■■

High Purity■

Ultra High
Purity■Technical Specifications for PG-H2 Plus Models■

Description■

PuritySpecification
99.999 %/hydrocarbon free < 0.1 ppm

Delivery Pressure■

20 – 160 psig/1.4-11 barg

Height■■PG-H2 Plus
Hydrogen Generators
The PG (Pure Gas) hydrogen generators employ the newest
membrane technology available for the safe production of purehydrogen gas. This patented design is ideal for operation withgas analyzers, as fuel gas for flame tools, or as a source for purehydrogen in plasma chambers and other isolated environments.
Electrolytic membrane technology is preferred over alternativehydrogen generating techniques because it is clean, requires lessmaintenance and there is no need to store chemicals to maintain
operation. The generators offer silent operation and require only
deionized or distilled water with no caustic solutions which canaffect the purity of the hydrogen.

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

43 cm (16.9 in.)Width

23 cm (9.1 in.)Depth

36 cm (14.2 in.)

Weight20 kg (44 lbs)

Ambient Temperature Range-20 °C to + 60 °C (-4 °F to + 140 °F)

Water Quality

Deionized or distilled <10 µS conductivity

Supply Voltage Range

230 V/50 – 60 Hz – 110 V/60 Hz – 100 V/60 Hz
1/8 in. for the H2 outlet

Fitting

PG-H2 Plus Generator Models
Flow Rate

Part No.

100 mL/min

N9308577

160 mL/min

N9308578

250 mL/min

N9308579

500 mL/min

N9308580

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

135

GAS MANAGEMENT
GC, GC/MS Gas Management

NM-H2 Plus
Hydrogen Generators
The NM (No Maintenance) series of hydrogen generators
employ the newest membrane technology available for the safe
production of pure hydrogen gas. This patented design is idealfor operation with gas analyzers, as fuel gas for flame tools,
or as a source for pure hydrogen in plasma chambers and otherisolated environments.
Electrolytic membrane technology is preferred over alternativehydrogen generating techniques. The generators offer silent
operation and require only deionized or distilled water with nocaustic solutions which can affect the purity of the hydrogen.

Technical Specifications for NM-H2 Plus Models

No Maintenance

Description

The proprietary auto drying technology has facilitated a designthat does not require a desiccant cartridge, yet produces aconstant supply of dry, ultra-high purity hydrogen. As the PG-H2
and the NM hydrogen generators have an auto shutoff procedurethat places the units in standby in the event of an internal error
and selectable alarms allow the user to be informed wheneveroperating conditions vary from the set point.

Purity20 – 160 psig/1.4 – 11 barg

Height43 cm (16.9 in.)Width

23 cm (9.1 in.)Depth

36 cm (14.2 in.)

WeightWater Quality

The NM-H2 Hydrogen Pure Gas Generators enhances the highperformance of the PG Plus series, with the addition of a uniqueno maintenance purification system. It provides a stream ofultra-high purity hydrogen for both carrier gas and detector gas
applications, including MS.

99.9999 %/hydrocarbon free < 0.1 ppm

Delivery Pressure

Ambient Temperature Range

Applications

Specification

Supply Voltage Range

20 kg (44 lbs)
-20 °C to + 60 °C (-4 °F to + 140 °F)
Deionized or distilled <10 µS conductivity
230 V/50 – 60 Hz – 110 V/60 Hz – 100 V/60 Hz
1/8 in. for the H2 outlet

Fitting

NM-H2 Plus Generator Models

Robust Supply – 100% Up Time

Flow Rate

Part No.

Multiple generators can be set up in parallel to spread the loadof gas generation, known as cascading. Building in a level ofspare capacity with a master/slave set up ensures that there isno interruption in supply.

100 mL/min

N9308581

160 mL/min

N9308582

250 mL/min

N9308583

500 mL/min

N9308584

The NM-H2 generators are the only generators on the market that
automatically cascade, no lab personal intervention is required
ensuring the smooth running of your laboratory around the clock.

1000 mL/min

N9308585

PG-H2 Plus NM-H2 Plus Generator Accessories
Description

Part No.

I/O Board

N9307094

Cable for Cascading*

N9307093

Auto Refill *N9307096* Requires I/O Board.

NM-H2 Plus Generator Replacement Parts

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Description

Part No.

Deionizer Bag

N9307097

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

136

GAS MANAGEMENT
GC, GC/MS Gas Management

FID Gas Station
The FID gas station is a novel system that combines the reliabilityof the high purity PG or ultrahigh purity NM hydrogen generatorswith the superior performance of the zero air generators into asingle compact instrument. Designed with space saving in mind,
it sits directly under the GC to conserve bench space. You canalso apply the FID gas station to GCMS systems with the simple
addition of a drawer tray for the MS to rest on. If you want
to benefit from the space saving design, but only require a H2
generator than that is also an option.

Technical Specifications

Features and Benefits• H2 flow rate from 100-1000 mL/min• H2 pressure up to 11 bar• Zero air flow rates 5 L/min• Zero air purity <0.1 ppm• Minimal maintenance• CE, CSA, FCC certified

Description

Capability

Flow Rate

Part No.

FID Station
PG PlusH2

150 mL/min

N9300023

FID Station
PG PlusH2

260 mL/min

N9300024

FID Station
NM PlusH2

150 mL/min

N9300020

FID Station
NM PlusH2

350 mL/min

N9300021

FID Station
NM PlusH2

650 mL/min

N9300022

FID Station
PG PlusH2 and Air

150 mL/min + Air
1500 mL/min

N9300018

FID Station
PG PlusH2 and Air

260 mL/min + Air
1500 mL/min

N9300019

FID Station
NM PlusH2 and Air

150 mL/min + Air
1500 mL/min

N9300015

FID Station
NM PlusH2 and Air

350 mL/min + Air
1500 mL/min

N9300016

FID Station
NM PlusH2 and Air

650 mL/min + Air
1500 mL/min

N9300017
N9308567

FID Station
NM Plus
Extension Drawer

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

137

GAS MANAGEMENT
GC, GC/MS Gas Management

Zero and Ultra Air Generators
The Zero and Ultra Zero Air Generators produce laboratory
grade purified air for FID (flame ionization detectors) and otherdetectors. Designed with safety and convenience in mind, thissystem will generate purified and hydrocarbon free air from anexisting in-house oil-free compressed air supply, eliminating theneed for inconvenient high-pressure gas cylinders. Eliminating
gas cylinders reduces annual operating costs associated withmaterials, labor, and down-time.
The Zero/Ultra Zero Air Generator series removes hydrocarbon
pollutants to less than 0.1 ppm, and all forms of particles.
Operation of the generator requires low levels of electrical power
consumption. This complete turnkey system is engineered withthe highest quality components, is easy to install, and requires
minimal annual maintenance. The Ultra Zero Air Generators willremove CO and hydrocarbon pollutants to less than 0.1 ppm,
and NOx contaminants to 1 ppm. Carbon dioxide is also removed
to about 1 ppm levels. They are CE CSA FCC certified.

Specifications for Zero and Ultra Zero Air
Description< 0.1 ppm

Outlet Carbon Monoxide
Concentration< 0.1 ppm

Outlet Particles < 0.5
Microns Removed

99.99%

Outlet Air Temperature

Ambient +15 °C

Max Inlet Hydrocarbon
Concentration

100 ppm

Maximum Outlet Pressure

6.5 barMax Inlet Carbon Monoxide
Concentration

50 ppmMax Inlet Temperature

40 °C

Inlet Pressure Range(regulated to 7 bar)

4.5 – 10 bar

Inlet Port1⁄4 in. NPT

Outlet Port1⁄8 in. NPT

Ultra Zero Air Generators
Features and Benefits• P urity: < 0.1 ppm hydrocarbon; < 0.1 ppm CO; < 1 ppm NOx;
< 5 ppm CO2• Produce laboratory-grade purified air for the most accurate andconvenient calibration of testing equipment

Specification

Outlet Hydrocarbon
Concentration

Wall Mountable•D esigned with safety and convenience in mind, this system will
generate purified air from an existing in-house oil-free compressed air
supply, eliminating the need for inconvenient high-pressure
gas cylinders• E liminate gas cylinders reducing annual operating costs
associated with materials, labor and downtime, and reduces
risk of injury to workers• Will remove CO and HC pollutants to less than 0.1 ppm and NOx
contaminants to 1 ppm. Carbon dioxide is also removed to about
1 ppm levels. Operation of the generator requires low levels of air
consumption and electrical power• Fully
supported by PerkinElmer Service Organization• All models come without a compressor. An oil free compressor
is required•C E, CSA certified

Specifications for Ultra Zero Air

Specifications for Zero Air
Outlet Zero
Air

Maximum
Continuous
Output Flow
Rate

Electrical
Temperature/
Requirements Pressure Control
Board

Part No.

1.5 L/min

1.5 L/min

230/115 VAC 250
W max

Included

N9307075

3.0 L/min

3.0 L/min

230/115 VAC 250
W max

Included

N9307076

6.0 L/min

6.0 L/min

230/115 VAC 250
W max

Included

N9307077

30.0 L/min

30.0 L/min

230/115 VAC 480
W max

Included

N9307079

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

OutletUltra Zero
Air

Outlet Carbon
DioxideConcentration

3.0 L/min< 10 ppm< 1 ppm< -50

230/115 VAC N9307082
270 W max

6.0 L/min< 10 ppm< 1 ppm< -50

230/115 VAC N9307083
270 W max

BACK TO MAIN INDEX

OutletOutletElectrical
NitrogenDewpoint Requirements
Oxides(°C)
Concentration

ORDER ONLINEPart No.

138

GAS MANAGEMENT
GC, GC/MS Gas Management

GC Gas Purification Systems
Designed to reduce contaminants in gases commonly used in laboratory applications to low-ppb levels, gas purification systems are an
essential part of any GC system to ensure optimal operation.
There are a number of different options, summarized below, that vary in configuration, capacity and the number of instruments thatcan be supported.
Gas Filter System

Mounting

Capacity

Quick Change
Cartridge

Indicator

Triple Filter
Configuration

Number of GC
Supported

Bench

Low

Yes

Yes

Yes

1

Wall

High

No

No

No

Multiple

Wall or Bench

High

Yes

Yes

Yes

Multiple

Ultra Clean
In LineAdvanced Filter

Advanced Filter System
The Advanced Filter System has high-capacity andefficiency levels for oxygen, water and hydrocarbons.
The recommended maximum flow rate is 2 L/min with
200 psi maximum operating pressure.
A polycarbonate shield surrounding the glass indicator section of
the filter is sealed, unlike other gas filters, the gas flow is secure
even if the glass should break. This redundant sealing system androbust construction provides a new level of security ingas filtration.
Features and Benefits• Two indicators – for oxygen and moisture• High capacity and efficiency in a single, easy to replace, cartridge• Double-seal construction for safety• Check valves protect gas lines during replacement• Includes mounting hardware for bench or wall
• Reduces oxygen < 5 ppb, moisture < 20 ppb,
and hydrocarbons < 5 ppb at outlet
Description

Part No.

Advanced Filter System

N9303963

Replacement Cartridge for Oxygen, Water and Hydrocarbons(1/8’’ SS)

N9303964

Manifold and Mounting Hardware

N9306139

Description

Capacity

Efficiency

Oxygen850 cc<5 ppb

Water

12 g

<20 ppb

Hydrocarbons

8g<5 ppbBACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

139

GAS MANAGEMENT
GC, GC/MS Gas Management

Ultra Clean Gas Filters
Wrenches to change filters is a thingof the past. There is no longer a needfor loosening and tightening fittings
every time a trap is changed, which
may contaminate your system during
the process. Cartridge systems makechanging gas filters quick and easy.
A base plate allows cartridges to beexchanged without introducing ambient
air. Spring-loaded check valves seal when a filter is removed
and open only when a new filter has been locked in place.
Features and Benefits• High purity output insures 99.9999 % pure gas• No tool replacement of filter cartridges, no need to shut gas flow off
with quick disconnect base plate• Easy to read indicators to determine replacement interval• Helium and Hydrogen specific cartridges available: operationalwith 15 minute purge after installation• Safety shielding of glass filter with plastic cover• Serial numbered for ease of tracking• New improved design has a maximum pressure ratingof 15 bar (217 psi)
• QR Code Status Monitoring offers the ability to set maintenancereminders, view current status of the filter, and view certification
Comparing baseline performance with PerkinElmer SuperClean
filters vs. a competitive polymer housed filter.

• Universal ring nut ensures compatibility with existing baseplates

Carrier Gas Purity
Carrier gas should contain less than 1 ppm of oxygen, moisture,or other trace contaminants to prevent column degradation,
increase column lifetime, and decrease stationary phase bleed.
The expense of using high purity gases in combination withcarrier gas line purifiers will be offset by longer column lifetimeand less GC maintenance.
Contaminants cause ghost peaks to appear during
temperature programming and degrade the validity ofanalytical data. Make-up gas also should be contaminant-free,or baseline fluctuations and excessive detector noise can occur.
Detector gases should be free of water and hydrocarbons,or excessive baseline noise can result. Gas purifiers remove
these contaminants from gas sources, thereby improving
system performance.
When the easy to read indicators change color it is a signal on amajor gas carrier problem; a major leak upstream or downstream,a high concentration of contaminants or to late replacement or
filter replacement is overdue. This is the time to swap a filter.

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

To prevent contamination or saturation issues, the filter should
be swapped every 12 months, as a minimum, regardless theindicator has changed color or not. Some high throughput
applications may need the filter changing every 6 months.

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

140GAS MANAGEMENT
GC, GC/MS Gas Management

Ultra Clean Gas Filter Kits for GC and GC/MS
Available with different sized fittings, (1/8 in. or 1/4 in.) in brass or stainless steel, these complete filter kits contain everything
you need to quickly and easy install into your analytical system; instantly assuring you of a continual high purity gas supply.

Triple Filter Kit for MS/ECD/NPD
The triple combination filter kit is ideal for purifying GC/MS carrier gases. It contains oxygen,moisture and hydrocarbon scrubbers in one easy to change economical cartridge. There is ofa range of brass and stainless steel base plate fittings and options for hydrocarbon trap to behelium or hydrogen specific, in addition to the general carrier gas.
Description

Qty.

Part No.

PerkinElmer Triple (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon) Filter Kit – 1/4 in.
Brass Kit: Includes (1) 1 position base plate with 1/4 in. Brass inlet/outlet
fittings and (1) Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon Trap

Kit

N9306828

PerkinElmer Triple (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon) Filter Kit – 1/8 in.
Brass kit: Includes (1) 1 position base plate with 1/8 in. Brass inlet/outlet
fittings and (1) Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon Trap

Kit

N9306829

PerkinElmer Triple (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon) Filter Kit – 1/8 in.
Stainless Steel kit: Includes (1) 1 position base plate with 1/8 in. Stainless Steelinlet/outlet fittings and (1) Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon Trap

Kit

N9306831

PerkinElmer Triple Filter (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon)

1

N9306819

GC/MS

Higher data accuracy and less maintenance

PerkinElmer Triple Filter (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon): Helium specific filter

1

N9306820

GC/ECD

Greater sensitivity

PerkinElmer Triple Filter (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon): Hydrogen specific filter

1

N9306822

GC/TCD

Greater sensitivity and less maintenanceConfiguration Benefit

Complete Triple Filter Bundle Kit for FID
This complete filter kit is the perfect all-in-one solution for purifying Flame Ionization Detector(FID) fuel gases together with the carrier gas. The triple filter simultaneously hydrocarbons,
moisture and oxygen are removed from the carrier gas and combi filter removes both moistureand hydrocarbons from the hydrogen and air fuel gases. The kit consists of one triple filter andtwo combi filters (hydrogen and air) together with one three position base plate. There are arange of base plate fittings options available.
Description

Qty.

Part No.

PerkinElmer 3 Filters Kit – 1/8 in. Brass: Includes (1) 3 position base plate with
1/8 in. Brass inlet/outlet fittings and (1) Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon Trap and(2) Hydrocarbon/Moisture Traps

Kit

N9306843

PerkinElmer 3 Filters Kit – 1/8 in. stainless steel: Includes(1) 3 position base plate with 1/8 in. stainless steel inlet/outlet fittings and(1) Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon Trap and (2) Hydrocarbon/Moisture Traps

Kit

N9306845

PerkinElmer Triple Filter – (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon)

1

N9306819

PerkinElmer Combi (Hydrocarbon/Moisture) Filter

1

N9306818

PerkinElmer Filter Bundles: Includes (1) Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon Trap and(2) Hydrocarbon/Moisture Traps

3

N9306826

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEX

Configuration Benefit
GC/FID

Improved reproducibility and sensitivity

ORDER ONLINE141

GAS MANAGEMENT
GC, GC/MS Gas Management

Ultra Clean Gas Filters for
GC and GC/MS

Ultra-High Capacity Hydrocarbon Filter
Use a hydrocarbon trap if
your gas has a potential
source of hydrocarbon
contaminants or if you suspect you are observing carrier gas
ghost peaks. Install the hydrocarbon trap after the moisture trap,
to prevent moisture from degrading the hydrocarbon-trapping
ability of the activated carbon in the hydrocarbon trap.

The easy to use leak-tight cartridge system enables rapidchange of exhausted cartridges without interrupting supply
or system operation. A wide range of individual cartridges
or combination cartridges are available to suit a variety of
applications.

Capacity

Ultra-High Capacity Moisture Filter
Moisture in carrier gas lines
will prematurely degrade
oxygen and hydrocarbon
traps and increase detector noise. As a precaution, we highly
recommend installing a moisture trap before the hydrocarbon
and oxygen traps on all carrier gas lines.

Specification

Outlet Gas Quality (%)> 99.9999

Maximum Pressure

15 bar (217 psi)

Maximum Flow

Inert carrier gas, He, H2, N2, Ar, Air

Dimensions

24 cm x Ø 4.4 cm

Weight0.26 Kg

Part No.

N9306814

Maximum Pressure

15 bar (217 psi)
7 L/min

Usable For

Inert carrier gas, He, H2, N2, Ar, Air

Dimensions

24 cm x Ø 4.4 cm

Weight0.26 Kg

Part No.

N9306816This filter is perfect for
purifying Flame Ionization
Detector (FID) fuel gases,
removing both moisture and hydrocarbons. Using this filter for
FID hydrogen and air will produce a stable baseline, improving
overall reproducibility and sensitivity. Ideal for use in combination
with a zero air generator.
Capacity

Ultra-High Capacity Oxygen Filter
Oxygen is a column killer– it is present even in UHP
gases. Because oxygen canenter a gas line at any fitting or during gas bottle exchange,
the oxygen trap should be the last connection before the gas line
enters the chromatograph.
Capacity

H2O

3.5 g

HC

6 g (as n-butane)

Description

Specification

Outlet Gas Quality (%)> 99.9999

Maximum Pressure

15 bar (217 psi)

Maximum Flow

7 L/min

Usable For

Inert carrier gas, He, H2, N2, Ar, Air

Dimensions

24 cm x Ø 4.4 cm

150 mL

Weight0.26 Kg

Specification

Part No.

N9306818

Outlet Gas Quality (%)> 99.9999

Maximum Pressure

15 bar (217 psi)

Maximum Flow

> 99.9999

High Capacity Combi Filter

7 L/min

Usable For

Description

Specification

Outlet Gas Quality (%)

7.2 g

Description

O2

12 g (as n-butane)

Description

Maximum Flow

Capacity
H2OHC

7 L/min

Usable For

Inert carrier gas, He, H2, N2, Ar

Dimensions

24 cm x Ø 4.4 cm

Weight0.26 Kg

Part No.

N9306815

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

142

GAS MANAGEMENT
GC, GC/MS Gas Management
High Capacity Triple Filter

High Capacity Triple Filter Hydrogen Specific

The triple trap is ideal for
purifying carrier gas. It
contains oxygen, moistureand hydrocarbon scrubbers in
one easy to change economical cartridge.

The hydrogen-specifictriple trap is ideal for
purifying hydrogen in
GC/MS systems. This trap is packed and purged under hydrogenand contains oxygen, moisture and hydrocarbon scrubbers in
one cartridge.

Capacity
H2O

1.8 g

Capacity

O2

75 mL

H2O

1.8 g

HC

4 g (as n-butane)

O2

75 mL

Description

SpecificationHC

4 g (as n-butane)

Description

Specification

Outlet Gas Quality (%)> 99.9999

Maximum Pressure

15 bar (217 psi)

Outlet Gas Quality (%)> 99.9999

7 L/minMaximum Pressure

15 bar (217 psi)

Usable For

Inert carrier gas, He, H2, N2, Ar

Maximum Flow

7 L/minDimensions

24 cm x Ø 4.4 cm

Usable For

H2

Weight0.26 Kg

Dimensions

24 cm x Ø 4.4 cm

Part No.

N9306819

Maximum Flow

Weight0.26 Kg

Part No.

N9306822High Capacity Triple Filter Helium Specific
The helium-specific triple
trap is ideal for purifying
helium in GC/MS
systems. This trap is packed and purged under helium andcontains oxygen, moisture and hydrocarbon scrubbers in
one cartridge.
Capacity
H2O

1.8 g

O2

75 mL

HC

4 g (as n-butane)

Description

Specification

Outlet Gas Quality (%)> 99.9999

Maximum Pressure

15 bar (217 psi)

Maximum Flow

7 L/min

Usable For

He

Dimensions

24 cm x Ø 4.4 cm

Weight0.26 Kg

Part No.

N9306820

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Ultra Clean Replacement Individual Cartridge Filters
for GC and GC/MS

Description

Qty.

Part No.

Ultra Clean Moisture Filter

1

N9306814

Ultra Clean Oxygen Filter

1

N9306815

Ultra Clean Hydrocarbon Filter

1

N9306816

Ultra Clean Combi (Hydrocarbon/Moisture) Filter

1

N9306818

Ultra Clean Triple (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon)
Filter1

N9306819

Ultra Clean Triple (Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbon)
Helium-Specific Filter

1

N9306820

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

143

GAS MANAGEMENT
GC, GC/MS Gas Management

Click-On Inline Super
Clean Purifiers

Stainless Steel Traps

Using the Click-On Connectors lets you change the trap without
introducing contaminants into your system. Click-On connectors
can replace a trap, without introducing impurities into thesystem. This in turn eliminates the need to flush the system.
The ability to add a Click-On Inline Super Clean™ Indicator after
the stainless steel trap gives the user a clear visual indication ofwhen to change the filter. This indicator may also be used as astandalone trap.
Features and Benefits• Reduce system downtime with Click-On fast connectors• No open gas line when changing the trap
• Helium Specific Glass Indicating Triple Trap is ideal for GC/MS

Part No.

Moisture Trap

N9306100

Combination: Oxygen/Moisture Trap

N9306103

Combination: Moisture/Hydrocarbons Trap

N9306105

Triple: Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons Trap

N9306104

Triple Gas Specific (He): Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons

N9306106

Click-On Connectors
Description

Part No.

Click-On Connector Set – 1/8” Brass(Includes (2) 1/8” Brass Click-On Connectors)

N9306119

Click-On Connector Set – 1/8” SS(Includes (2) 1/8” Stainless Steel Click-On Connectors)

N9306120

Helium Specific Glass Indicating Triple Trap for your
PerkinElmer Clarus GC/MS

Stainless Steel Trap Kits
Description

Description

Connector (Qty.)

Part No.

Combination:
Oxygen/Moisture Trap1⁄8 in.
Brass (2)N9306108

Combination:
Moisture/Hydrocarbons Trap1⁄8 in.
Brass (2)N9306117

Combination:
Moisture/Hydrocarbons Trap1⁄8 in.
Stainless Steel (2)N9306118

Triple:Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons Trap1⁄8 in.
Brass (2)N9306110

Triple:Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons Trap1⁄8 in.
Stainless Steel (2)N9306111

Triple Gas Specific (He):Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons

1⁄8 in.
Brass (2)N9306112

Triple Gas Specific (He):Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons

1⁄8 in.
Stainless Steel (2)N9306113

This trap contains oxygen, moisture and hydrocarbons adsorbents
in one trap and is packed and purged under helium.
The glass indicating trap clearly shows when the filter needs tobe replaced with the use of color changes. The packing material
is a silica-based environmentally friendly substitute for cobalt
dioxide (blue) in the moisture indicator.
Available as a kit with the necessary 1⁄8 in. brass connectors,
and as a replacement trap. This system is easy to install.
Description`

Connector (Qty.)

Part No.

Indicating Glass Triple Gas Specific (He):Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons

Not Included

N9306107

Indicating Glass Triple Gas Specific (He):Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons

1⁄8 in.
Brass (2)N9306114

Indicating Glass Triple Gas Specific (He):Oxygen/Moisture/Hydrocarbons

1⁄8 in.
Stainless Steel (2)N9306116

Product Specifications
Purifier TypeGas Quality*

Max Pressure

Max Flow

Use For

H2O

Capacity O2Hydrocarbons

Est. Lifetime

Moisture> 99.9999 %11 bar, 160 psi

25 L/min

Inert carrier gas
He, Air, H2

21 g

–

–

> 3 years

Oxygen> 99.9999 %11 bar, 160 psi

25 L/min

Inert carrier gas–

3,000 mL–

> 3 years

Hydrocarbons> 99.9999 %11 bar, 160 psi

25 L/min

Inert carrier gas
Air, H2––

36 g (as n-butane)> 3 years

Combination Moisture/
Hydrocarbons> 99.9999 %11 bar, 160 psi

25 L/min

Inert carrier gas
He, Air, H2

10 g

–

18 g (as n-butane)> 2 years

Indicating Triple Moisture/
Oxygen/Hydrocarbons> 99.9999 %11 bar, 160 psi

25 L/min

Inert carrier gas
He3g

400 mL

5 g (as n-butane)> 1 year

Triple Moisture/ Oxygen/
Hydrocarbons> 99.9999 %11 bar, 160 psi

25 L/min

Inert carrier gas

6g

1,000 mL

12 g (as n-butane)> 2 years* Results @ 2 L/min.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

144

GAS MANAGEMENT
GC, GC/MS Gas Management
Hydrocarbon Trap

Safe Glass Moisture Trap

Description

Part No.

Description

Part No.

Hydrocarbon Trap

N9301192

Safe Glass Moisture Trap

N9301193

Use our activated charcoal in-line trap to remove gaseoushydrocarbons (C5 and heavier) from nitrogen, hydrogen and inert
carrier gas supplies. Recommended for use with purge and trap
apparatuses, high-sensitivity FID operations and with GC carriergases for trace analyzes. Frits in each end prevent particulates
from entering the gas stream. Trap is shipped filled with helium.
Maximum pressure is 1000 psi (69 bar). Maximum flow rate
10 SLPM, reduces hydrocarbons < 5 ppb at outlet. Dimensions
are 5 x 37 cm including fittings. Weight is 1.0 kg.

Indicating Oxygen Trap

Gas contacts only glass, metal and the adsorbents for purity.
The CoFree (cobalt-free) indicator and molecular sieve 5A are
packed in glass protected by an outer plastic tube in the eventthat the glass breaks. Unique loading design allows operation in
any orientation without channeling. Designed for GC detectorsthat require high purity gases and recommended for ELCD and
ECD systems where moisture and contamination are a problem.
Maximum pressure is 100 psi (6.9 bar). Maximum flow rate
2 SLPM, reduces moisture < 20 ppb at outlet. Dimensions are
3.2 x 26 cm including fittings. Weight is 0.3 kg.

Gas In-line Filter

Description

Part No.

Indicating Oxygen Trap

N9301191

This high-efficiency indicator trap reduces oxygen to less than
0.1 ppm. Changes color from bright green to gray whenadsorption capacity is depleted. Oxygen capacity for this compact
unit is 0.05 g at STP. The non-contaminating, heavy-wall inner
glass tube of adsorbent is protected from breakage by the outerplastic tube. Maximum pressure is 100 psi (6.9 bar). Maximum
flow rate 2 SLPM, reduces oxygen < 5 ppb at outlet. Dimensions
are 3.2 x 26 cm including fittings. Weight is 0.2 kg.

Oxygen Trap

Description

Part No.

Gas In-line Filter

N9301178

The Gas In-line Filter Trap removes moisture, oil and dust from
nitrogen or inert supply gases. It has 400 cc total volume ofmolecular sieve 5A and an indicator in a clear acrylic tube.
The CoFree (cobalt-free) indicator changes color at low relative
humidity indicating that the packing must be changed.
Base-plate version is available for free-standing orientation.
Maximum pressure is 100 psi (6.9 bar). Maximum flow rate
30 SLPM, reduces moisture < 20 ppb at outlet. Dimensions are
6 x 43 cm including fittings. Weight is 1.0 kg.

Cobalt-free Adsorbent Refill Kit
Description

Part No.

Oxygen Trap

N9301179

This high-capacity, high-efficiency trap is used for long-term
protection of capillary column stationary phases against oxidation
at GC operating temperatures. Can remove 3.5 g of oxygen andhas an output efficiency of less than 10 ppb oxygen concentration
at the outlet. Effective at removing sulfur compounds, such ashydrogen sulfide and mercaptans. Intended for use with nonoxidizing gases such as He, Ar, N2, H2 or CH4, containing lessthan 1% oxygen. The trap is filled with 500 cc of active oxygen
adsorbent that binds covalently with oxygen; no gas is generated
from this reaction. Maximum pressure is 1000 psi (69 bar).
Maximum flow rate 10 SLPM, reduces moisture < 10 ppb at outlet.
Dimensions are 5 x 37 cm including fittings, weight is 1.2 kg.

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Description

Part No.

Cobalt-free Adsorbent Refill Kit

N9301176

The CoFree gas in-line filter indicator (N9301178) will change
from greenish-yellow to blue when the purifier begins to deplete.
When the depletion process begins, this refill kit should be used
to replace the adsorbent and indicator.

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

145

GAS MANAGEMENT
GC, GC/MS Gas Management

GC Startup Kit

Basic Tool Kit

Description

Part No.

GC Startup Kit 1⁄8 in. Tubing and Fitting for (3) Gases

N9306304

Kit Includes: Open-end Wrench Set (6 pc), Screwdriver Set (6 pc.),
Adjustable Wrench (6 in.), Chain Nose Pliers (narrow), Wire
Cutters, and Wire Strippers.

Description

Qty.

1⁄8 in. Tubing x 50 ft Coil Copper Special Cleaning

1

Description

Part No.

1⁄8 in. Compression Brass Tee Two Piece Ferrule Brass

3

Tools come in a tool box for easy storage and use

N9301327

Tee 1⁄8 in. Com x 1⁄8 in. Comp x 1⁄4 in. fnpt Brass

3

Adjustable Safety Relief Valve Brass 50 – 150 psi

3

1⁄4 in. fnpt x 1⁄8 in. Comp Fitting Brass

3

1⁄8 in. Port Connector Brass

3

1⁄8 in. Ferrule Brass

3

1⁄8 in. Compression Brass Nut

31⁄8 in. Compression Brass Fitting Cap

3

Tubing Cutter 1⁄8 in. Tubing

1

PTFE Tape

1

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

Deluxe Tool Kit
Kit Includes: Open-end Wrench Set (6 pc.), Screwdriver Set(6 pc.), Adjustable Wrench (6 in.), Chain Nose Pliers (narrow),
Wire Cutters, Wire Strippers, Slip-joint Pliers (6 in.), Long Nose
No. 5 Stainless Steel Tweezers (4-3⁄8 inches), Needle File Set(6 pc.), Allen Key Set (11 pc. imperial sizes), and Allen Key Set(9 pc. metric sizes).
Description

Part No.

Shipped in a plastic tool box for convenient storage

N9301328

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

146

GAS MANAGEMENT
GC, GC/MS Gas Management

Regulators
Pressure Regulators

High Purity Brass Regulators

Ideally suited for chromatographic carrier
gas applications including FID, TCD,ECD,
HID, and non-corrosive gas mixtures foranalytical instrumentation.

PerkinElmer regulators are constructedof high purity brass barstock and havestainless steel diaphragms and metalto-metal seals. They are suitable for use
with high purity (>99.995% pure)non-corrosive gases. Regulators
terminate in a 1⁄4 in. NPT
Swagelock fitting.

Technical Specifications
Specifications

Single Stage– Stainless Steel(Thread-less Seat)
Part No. N9306353

Single Stage– Brass Nickel-plated(Thread-less Seat)
Part No. N9306354

Max Rated Inlet Pressure

1,250 psig

1,200 psig

Outlet Pressure Ranges

0– 30, 0– 60, 0– 100,
0– 250 psig

0– 25, 0– 50, 0– 100,
0– 250 psig

Flow Capacity

Cv=0.066

Cv=0.15

Ambient Operating Temp

-40° F to +165° F-40° F to +165° F

Designed Leak Rate

2 x10-8 ccs (helium)

Bubble-tight (helium)

Weight2 lbs

2.4 lbs

Ports (4)

¼ in. FNPT

¼ in. FNPT

Fittings

1⁄8 in.

1⁄8 in.

Inlet

1⁄8 in. FNPT

1⁄8 in. FNPT

Outlet1⁄8 in. FNPT

1⁄8 in. FNPT–

0.23/100 psi

Decay Inlet Characteristic
Materials
Body

316 Stainless Steel

Nickel-Plated Brass

BonnetNickel Plated Brass

Nickel Plated Brass

Seat

PCTFE®

PTFE

Hastelloy C-22

316 Stainless Steel

Diaphragm Hastelloy
C-22 Gauge

2½ in. Stainless SteelFilterFeatures and Benefits• B arstock body construction• S tainless steel diaphragms•M etal-to-metal seals•U se with high purity carrier gas

High Purity Brass Regulators (Dual Stage)
CGA
Fitting

DeliveryPressure Use

Delivery
CylinderGauge (psig)
Pressure
Pressure
Range (psig) Gauge (psig)

Part No.

CGA-350

H2 and Ar/CH4

4 – 100

0 – 200

0 – 4,000

09907128

CGA-580

He, Ar, N2

4 – 100

0 – 200

0 – 3,000

09907127High Purity Brass Regulators (Single Stage)
CGA
Fitting

DeliveryPressure Use–

CGA-350

4 – 100

0 – 150

0 – 4,000

00230091

316 Stainless Steel

316 Stainless SteelCO, H2 andAr/CH4 Mixes

CGA-350

0 – 400

0 – 4,000

00230253

316 Stainless Steel

Nickel Plated Brass

CO, H2

10 – 200Trim

CGA-590*Air

10 – 200

0 – 400

0 – 4,000

00230090

Gauges–2½ in. Stainless Steel

Diaphragm

Valve Stem–

316 Stainless Steel

Valve Spring–

316 Stainless SteelBACK TO SECTION INDEX

Delivery
CylinderGauge (psig)
Pressure
Pressure
Range (psig) Gauge (psig)

Part No.

*Supplied with 590-580 Adapter.

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

147

GAS MANAGEMENT
GC, GC/MS Gas Management

Portable Gas Leak Detector
The compact handheld
electronic gas leak detector is
the ideal solution for detecting
gas leaks in your GC systems.
Leaks in your system waste gas
and can cause detector noise,baseline instability, and shorter
column life. This portable unit
detects minute leaks of any gas
with thermal conductivity different from air. The reference gas
inlet draws in ambient air for comparison to air drawn into thesample probe. A leak is detected by both LED bar graph display
and audible alarm.
Features and Benefits• Sleek ergonomic, hand-held design with rugged side grips• Automatic shut-off capabilities• Optimized sample flow path­­­• LED readout and audible alarm­­­­MiniTemp MT4
Non-contact Temperature
Measurement with
Laser Sighting
Features and Benefits

Detectable Gases•D isplays thermal measurement readings in °C or °F

Gas Type

Minimum Detectable
Leak Rate (atm cc/sec)

Indicating LED
Light Color

Helium1.0 x 10-5

Red

Hydrogen*

1.0 x 10-5

Red

Nitrogen

1.4 x 10-3

YellowArgon

1.0 x 10-4

Yellow

Carbon Dioxide

1.0 x 10-4

Yellow

Description•G reat for instrument thermal test confirmation,
including GC injector port and detector
measurements, thermostatted LC vials, andenzymatic hydrolysis baths­­­

MiniTemp MT4 Technical Specifications

Specification

Battery• E asy point and shot infrared technology in a
pocket size configuration

Rechargeable Ni-MH internal battery pack(6 hours normal operation)

Description

Universal Power
Adapter Set

US, UK, European, Australian plugs included

Temperature Range

Temperature
Range

32 – 120 °F (0 – 48 °C)

Humidity Range

0 – 97%Warranty

1 YearSpecification


Distance to Spot Size (D:S)

500 m/sec

Emissivity
Accuracy

Certifications

CE (EU, Korea, Japan, Australia); UKCA

Compliance

WEEE, CEC, China RoHS 2

Laser Sighting

Description

Part No.

Portable Electronic Leak Detector

N9306371

Soft Carrying Case

N9306142

Probe (Fine Tip)

N9306063* Caution: The PerkinElmer leak detector is not designed for determining leaks in a combustible environment.
This unit may be used for determining trace amounts of hydrogen in a GC environment only.

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

08:01

Response Time

Typical Distance to Target(Spot)-18 to 400 °C (0 to 750 °F)

Pre-set at 0.95
±2%, or ±2 °C (±3 °F) whichever is greater
Up to 1.5 m (4 ft)
Yes

The popular MiniTemp MT4 also includes single dot lasersighting to assist with aiming. 9 volt battery included.
Recalibration is not available.
Description

Part No.

MiniTemp MT4

N9306074

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

148

GAS MANAGEMENT
GC, GC/MS Gas Management

PerkinElmer
FlowMark
Electronic
Flowmeter

PerkinElmer
Flowmeter Plus

PerkinElmer’s FlowMark™ flowmeter is specifically designed foruse with gas chromatography (GC) instruments. The probe isapplied directly to the gas flow stream and the measured flowrate is presented on the LCD screen.

Hassle Free Recalibration

The PerkinElmer Flowmeter Plus is a valuable
tool for troubleshooting detector problems.
Measuring gas volumetrically eliminates theneed to select gas type.

Units of flow are measured in mL/min. This unit provides
continuous real-time measurements of gas streams ranging
from 0.50 mL/min to 500 mL/min. Because the technology uses
volumetric flow measurement, the unit is compatible with alllaboratory gases. The flowmeter is designed to measure clean,dry, non-corrosive gases.
Features and Benefits• Measures volumetric flow for all gases across a range of
0.5–500 mL/min

Offering a much simpler and more efficient
work flow, the annual recalibration is simply
replacing a NIST certified calibration cartridge. Each flowmeter
cartridge is individually factory calibrated and can easily be
replaced directly by customers.
There is no need to return the flowmeter to us; saving you timeand money.
The cartridge calibration is valid for a period of one year from its
first use. A new, calibrated cartridge can be ordered in advance,
and then installed when necessary.
Features and Benefits• NIST traceable calibration• S imply replace a NIST certified cartridge for revalidation,no need to return the flowmeter• Explosion-proof rating for flammable and explosivegas atmospheres• F low range 0.5 to 750 mL/min (auto-ranging)• Accuracy of ± 2% of flow or ± 0.2 mL/min, whichever is greater• Over range indicator•O perating temperature range 0 °C to 45 °C• Accurate to ± 2 % of reading or ± 0.2 mL/min, whichever is greater•C ompact size (201 mm x 88 mm x 48 mm)• Auto shut-off feature• P ortable operation, uses 3 AA batteries (or USB power)• Ergonomic design and side grips for comfort• Measures most gas types

Description

Part No.

• Convenient storage case included

Flowmeter Plus

N9307088• CE, Ex (Compliance: WEEE, RoHS) certified

Replacement NIST Certified Calibration Cartridge

N9307084• Uses 2-AA batteries• Data output via USB port
• Re-calibration service available• Designed to measure clean, dry, non-corrosive gases• 1 year warranty
Description

Part No.

FlowMark Electronic Flowmeter

N9307086

Recalibration Service for FlowMark Flowmeter

N9307085

Soft Carrying Case

N9306142

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

149

STANDARDSStandards
PerkinElmer offers a wide selection of superior quality
products designed to work with your PerkinElmer instruments.
Our precision designed products deliver the peace of mind thatcomes from knowing that you’ll get the results you need.

Quick Reference Index

Page

ASTM D2887

153

ASTM D4815

153

ASTM D5134, D6296, D6729, D6730, and D6733

154

Method 8260B

151

Method 8270C

152

Reference Gas Oil 5010

153

Simulated Distillation Reference Material

153

Standards Solutions

151

Volatile Organics Combination Blend151

ASTM ReferenceStandards
We offer a selection of ASTM
reference standards to assist you
with all your Arnel application needs
in hydrocarbon-processing industries,
with focuses on custom-engineered
solutions for gas chromatography
applications in the petrochemical,
food and beverage, and industrial
hygiene markets.

Organic Certified
Reference Materials
We offer a wide selection of
GC and GC/MS standards. Each solution is
supplied with a comprehensive Certificate
of Analysis that documents quality andassurance to the highest level obtainable
by a Calibration Standard. Organic Certified
Reference Materials from PerkinElmer area new addition to an already extensive
organic product line designed to enhanceyour one-stop shopping experience.

Standard Solutions
This section will cover HPLC performance test mixes to monitor
column performance over time, and a series of polycyclicaromatic hydrocarbon (PAH) standards.

CLICK THE ARROWSTO VIEW EACH PAGE

BACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

150

STANDARDSStandards and CRMs

Standards Solutions
We offer HPLC performance test mixes to monitor column
performance over time, and a series of polycyclic aromatichydrocarbon (PAH) standards.
Description

Part No.

Test Mix
Universal Test Mix for Reversed-phase (5 mL/pkg.)

00890893

Organic Certified
Reference Materials
PerkinElmer offers a wide selectionof GC and GC/MS standards.
Each solution is supplied with acomprehensive Certificate of Analysis
that documents quality and assurance
to the highest level obtainable by a
Calibration Standard.
Organic Certified Reference Materials
from PerkinElmer are a new addition
to an already extensive organic
product line designed to enhanceyour one-stop shopping experience.
Each new standard is provided
in convenient 1.2 mL ampules tominimize waste and comes with apre-labeled amber glass storage vialwith cap for easy use.
To ensure customer satisfaction, our Organic Mixes are preparedat concentration levels that take into consideration a numberof factors including: vapor pressure, evaporation, breakdown
rates and dilution schemes. PerkinElmer goes the extra step byanalyzing each organic standard on the Clarus 600 GC
and GC/MS state-of-the-art instrumentation to ensurethat the standard conforms to the customer’s exact needs.

Method 8260B for Waterand Solid Waste Matrices
Method 8260B is an analytical method that uses a GC/MS
equipped with a capillary column to perform the separationof the volatile organic compounds found in water and a variety
of solid waste matrices.
Method 524.2 is an analytical method that uses a purge
and trap device for sample preparation and a GC/MS equippedwith a capillary column to perform the separation of volatileorganic compounds.

Volatile Organics Combination Blend
Contains all analytes in Mixes A, C and D.
Method SW-846 is an analytical method which utilizes a
Clarus 600 GC to perform the separation of the volatileorganic components found in a variety of solid waste matrices.
To detect the GC eluant a Clarus 600 GC/MS is used.
Description

Part No.

1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in P and T Methanol

N9331047

Method 8260B Standards
Description

Part No.

Alternate Four-Component Surrogate Standard for Method 8260B
1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in P and T Methanol

N9331042

Internal Standard for Method 8260B
1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in P and T Methanol

N9331041

Ketones for Method 8260B
Description

Part No.

1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in P and T Methanol

N9331043

Mix B Purgeable Gases for Methods 8260B/524.2
Description

Part No.

1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in P and T Methanol

N9331048

For customer ease, all Organic Standards are prepared with a
precision of +/– 0.5% and accompanied with a comprehensive
Certificate of Analysis (lot specified by part number). Data packs
are also available upon request. These include a chromatogramof the standard and quantitative report listing the values foreach analyte.

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

151

STANDARDS
Method Standards

8000 Series Solid andHazardous Waste Methods
Resource Conservation and Recover Act (RCRA) Under
SW-846, ‘Test Methods For Evaluating Solid Waste’
Features and Benefits• Method 8080A contains detailed operating procedures to befollowed by laboratories analyzing solid and liquid matrices. It is amethod that uses a GC/ECD to perform the separation of the selectedpesticides following concentration and clean up of an extract for
aqueous or solid samples• Method 8082 is used to determine the concentrations of PCBs,
either as individual congeners or Aroclors by GC/ECD

Method 8270C Standards
Method 8270C is an analytical method which utilizes a
Methylene Chloride extraction of aqueous sample or Methylene
Chloride: Acetone extraction of solid sample and a Clarus 600
GC equipped with a capillary column to perform the separationof the compounds. To detect the GC eluant a Clarus 600 GC/MS
is used.
Description

Part No.

Semi-Volatile Calibration Standard for Method 8270C
1.2 mL @ 1,000 µg/mL in Hexane

N9331030

Internal Standard for Method 8270C
1.2 mL @ 2,000 µg/mL in Methylene Chloride/Benzene

N9331036

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

152

STANDARDS
Reference Standards for Arnel Applications

For Gasoline and
SIMDIS Analysis
Today’s analytical laboratories need more than high quality,
reliable instrumentation, and information. They need complete
systems and guaranteed solutions that meet industry standards
and specifications. PerkinElmer offers a selection of ASTM
Reference Standards to assist you with all your Arnel applicationneeds in hydrocarbon-processing Industries with focuseson custom-engineered solutions for gas chromatography
applications in the petrochemical, food, and beverage, andindustrial hygiene markets. Our goal is to develop cleaner,
petroleum-based products to help reduce their impact
on the environment as well as assist in manufacturing morecost-effective petroleum products.

Simulated Distillation Reference Material

ASTM D4815
Standard Test Method for Determination of MTBE, ETBE, TAME,DIPE, tertiary-Amyl Alcohol and C1 to C4 Alcohols in Gasoline by
Gas Chromatography.
Description
ASTM D4815 Oxygenates in
Gasoline Calibration Kit andRetention Time Mixture

VolumePart No.

11 x 2 mL/1 x 1 mL

N9300289

VolumePart No.

Simulated Distillation Reference Material
for C5-C120

1 mL

N9308794

Components
Polywax 1000

Reference Gas Oil 5010

Components
1,2-dimethoxyethane
1-butanol
1-propanol
2-butanol
2-methyl-2-propanolethanol
isobutyl alcohol
isopropyl alcohol

Description

isopropyl ether
methanolmethyl tert-butyl ether
oxygenate free gasoline, premium
tert-amyl alcohol
tert-amyl methyl ether
tert-butyl ethyl ether

Description

VolumePart No.

Reference Gas Oil 5010

5 x 2 mL

N9308755

Components
1% in carbon disulfide

ASTM D2887
Standard Test Method for Boiling Range Distribution of Petroleum
Fractions by Gas Chromatography.
Description

VolumePart No.

Reference Gas Oil No. 2 for
ASTM D2887

10 x 1 mL

N9308795

Components
Gasoline

BACK TO SECTION INDEXBACK TO MAIN INDEXORDER ONLINE

153

STANDARDS
Reference Standards for Arnel Applications
ASTM D5134, D6296, D6729, D6730, and D6733• Standard Test Method for Detailed Analysis of Petroleum Naphthas through n-Nonane by Capillary Gas Chromatography (D5134).
• Standard Test Method for Total Olefins in Spark-ignition Engine Fuels by Multidimensional Gas Chromatography (D6296).
• Standard Test Method for Determination of Individual Components in Spark Ignition Engine Fuels by 100-Metre Capillary (with
Precolumn) High-Resolution Gas Chromatography (D6730).
• Standard Test Method for Determination of Individual Components in Spark Ignition Engine Fuels by 50-Metre Capillary High
Resolution Gas Chromatography (D6733).
Description

VolumePart No.

PIANO (DHA) Standard Detailed Hydrocarbon Analysis ASTM Methods D5134, D6296, D6729, D6730, and D6733

10 x 1 mL

N9308798

Components
n-butanen-decanen-dodecane
n-heptanen-hexanen-nonanen-octanen-pentadecane
n-pentane
propanen-tetradecane
n-tridecane
n-undecane
2,2,4-trimethylpentane
2-methylheptane
2,4-dimethylhexane
2,2-dimethylhexane
4-methylheptane
2-methyloctane
2-methyldecane
2,2-dimethyldecane
3,3-diethylpentane
2,2-dimethylbutane
2,3-dimethylbutane
2,2-dimethylheptane
2,3-dimethylheptane
2,4-dimethylheptane
2,5-dimethylheptane
3,3-dimethylheptane
3,4-dimethylheptane
3,5-dimethylheptane
2,2-dimethylhexane
2,3-dimethylhexane
2,4-dimethylhexane
2,5-dimethylhexane
2,2-dimethyloctane
2,5-dimethyloctane
3,3-dimethyloctane
2,2-dimethylpentane
2,3-dimethylpentane

2,4-dimethylpentane
3,3-dimethylpentane
2,2-dimethylpropane
3-ethylhexane
3-ethyloctane
3-ethylpentane
isobutane
isopentane
2-methylheptane
3-methylheptane
4-methylheptane
2-methylhexane
3-methylhexane
2-methylnonane
3-methylnonane
2-methyloctane
3-methyloctane
2-methylpentane
3-methylpentane
2,2,3-trimethylbutane
2,2,3-trimethylhexane
2,2,4-trimethylhexane
2,2,3-trimethylpentane
1-decene
1-heptene
cis-2-heptene
trans-2-heptene
cis-3-heptene
trans-3-heptene
1-hexenecis-2-hexene
trans-2-hexene
cis-hexene-3trans-hexene-3
2-methyl-1,3-butadiene
2-methyl-1-butene
3-methyl-1-butene
2-methyl-1-nonene
2-methyl-2-pentene
3-methyl-t-pentene-2

BACK TO SECTION INDEX

4-methyl-1-pentene
1-nonenetrans-2-nonene
cis-3-nonenetrans-3-nonene
cis-4-nonene
1-octenecis-2-octene
trans-2-octene
1,4-pentadiene
1-pentene
cis-2-pentene
trans-2-pentene
n-butylcyclopentane
cyclohexane
cyclopentane
cis-1,2-dimethylcyclohexane
trans-1,2-dimethylcyclohexane
1c,3-dimethylcyclohexane
1c,4-dimethylcyclohexane
trans-1,4-dimethylcyclohexane
1,1-dimethylcyclopentane
trans-1,2-dimethylcyclopentane
cis-1,3-dimethylcyclopentane
trans-1,3-dimethylcyclopentane
ethylcyclopentane
1-ethyl-1-methylcyclopentane
1-trans-2-ethylmethylcyclopentane
isobutylcyclohexane
isobutylcyclopentane
isopropylcyclopentane
methylcyclohexane
methylcyclopentane
n-propylcyclopentane
1,1,2-trimethylcyclohexane
1,1,4-trimethylcyclohexane
1,1,2-trimethylcyclopentane
1,1,3-trimethylcyclopentane
benzenen-butylbenzene

BACK TO MAIN INDEX

sec-butylbenzene
tert-butylbenzene
1,4-diethylbenzene
1,2-dimethyl-3-ethylbenzene
1,2-dimethyl-4-ethylbenzene
1,3-dimethyl-2-ethylbenzene
1,3-dimethyl-5-ethylbenzene
1,4-dimethyl-2-ethylbenzene
ethylbenzene
hexylbenzene
isobutylbenzene
isopropylbenzene
1,2-di-isopropylbenzene
2-methylbutylbenzene
1-methyl-2-ethylbenzene
1-methyl-3-ethylbenzene
1-methyl-4-ethylbenzene
1-methyl-2-isopropylbenzene
1-methyl-3-isopropylbenzene
1-methyl-4-isopropylbenzene
pentylbenzene
n-propylbenzene
1,2,4,5-tetramethylbenzene
toluene
1,2,4-triethylbenzene
1,3,5-triethylbenzene
1,2,4-trimethylbenzene
1,3,5-trimethylbenzene
m-xyleneo-xylenep-xylenetert-butanol
ethanol
isopropanol
methanolmethyl decanoate
MTBE
TAME

ORDER ONLINE

154

PerkinElmer U.S. LLC
710 Bridgeport Ave.
Shelton, CT
06484-4794 USA(+1) 855-726-9377
www.perkinelmer.com
For a complete listing of our global offices, visit www.perkinelmer.com/ContactUs
Copyright ©2024 PerkinElmer U.S. LLC. All rights reserved. PerkinElmer is a trademark of PerkinElmer U.S. LLC. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
500707 (204316) 06-24